Выберите способы вызова руководства для команды git config

The Git configuration file contains a number of variables that affect
the Git commands’ behavior. The files .git/config and optionally
config.worktree (see the «CONFIGURATION FILE» section of
git-worktree[1]) in each repository are used to store the
configuration for that repository, and $HOME/.gitconfig is used to
store a per-user configuration as fallback values for the .git/config
file. The file /etc/gitconfig can be used to store a system-wide
default configuration.

The configuration variables are used by both the Git plumbing
and the porcelains. The variables are divided into sections, wherein
the fully qualified variable name of the variable itself is the last
dot-separated segment and the section name is everything before the last
dot. The variable names are case-insensitive, allow only alphanumeric
characters and -, and must start with an alphabetic character. Some
variables may appear multiple times; we say then that the variable is
multivalued.

Syntax

The syntax is fairly flexible and permissive; whitespaces are mostly
ignored. The # and ; characters begin comments to the end of line,
blank lines are ignored.

The file consists of sections and variables. A section begins with
the name of the section in square brackets and continues until the next
section begins. Section names are case-insensitive. Only alphanumeric
characters, - and . are allowed in section names. Each variable
must belong to some section, which means that there must be a section
header before the first setting of a variable.

Sections can be further divided into subsections. To begin a subsection
put its name in double quotes, separated by space from the section name,
in the section header, like in the example below:

Subsection names are case sensitive and can contain any characters except
newline and the null byte. Doublequote " and backslash can be included
by escaping them as " and \, respectively. Backslashes preceding
other characters are dropped when reading; for example, t is read as
t and is read as 0. Section headers cannot span multiple lines.
Variables may belong directly to a section or to a given subsection. You
can have [section] if you have [section "subsection"], but you don’t
need to.

There is also a deprecated [section.subsection] syntax. With this
syntax, the subsection name is converted to lower-case and is also
compared case sensitively. These subsection names follow the same
restrictions as section names.

All the other lines (and the remainder of the line after the section
header) are recognized as setting variables, in the form
name = value (or just name, which is a short-hand to say that
the variable is the boolean «true»).
The variable names are case-insensitive, allow only alphanumeric characters
and -, and must start with an alphabetic character.

A line that defines a value can be continued to the next line by
ending it with a ; the backslash and the end-of-line are
stripped. Leading whitespaces after name =, the remainder of the
line after the first comment character # or ;, and trailing
whitespaces of the line are discarded unless they are enclosed in
double quotes. Internal whitespaces within the value are retained
verbatim.

Inside double quotes, double quote " and backslash characters
must be escaped: use " for " and \ for .

The following escape sequences (beside " and \) are recognized:
n for newline character (NL), t for horizontal tabulation (HT, TAB)
and b for backspace (BS). Other char escape sequences (including octal
escape sequences) are invalid.

Includes

The include and includeIf sections allow you to include config
directives from another source. These sections behave identically to
each other with the exception that includeIf sections may be ignored
if their condition does not evaluate to true; see «Conditional includes»
below.

You can include a config file from another by setting the special
include.path (or includeIf.*.path) variable to the name of the file
to be included. The variable takes a pathname as its value, and is
subject to tilde expansion. These variables can be given multiple times.

The contents of the included file are inserted immediately, as if they
had been found at the location of the include directive. If the value of the
variable is a relative path, the path is considered to
be relative to the configuration file in which the include directive
was found. See below for examples.

Conditional includes

You can include a config file from another conditionally by setting a
includeIf.<condition>.path variable to the name of the file to be
included.

The condition starts with a keyword followed by a colon and some data
whose format and meaning depends on the keyword. Supported keywords
are:

gitdir

The data that follows the keyword gitdir: is used as a glob
pattern. If the location of the .git directory matches the
pattern, the include condition is met.

The .git location may be auto-discovered, or come from $GIT_DIR
environment variable. If the repository is auto discovered via a .git
file (e.g. from submodules, or a linked worktree), the .git location
would be the final location where the .git directory is, not where the
.git file is.

The pattern can contain standard globbing wildcards and two additional
ones, **/ and /**, that can match multiple path components. Please
refer to gitignore[5] for details. For convenience:

  • If the pattern starts with ~/, ~ will be substituted with the
    content of the environment variable HOME.

  • If the pattern starts with ./, it is replaced with the directory
    containing the current config file.

  • If the pattern does not start with either ~/, ./ or /, **/
    will be automatically prepended. For example, the pattern foo/bar
    becomes **/foo/bar and would match /any/path/to/foo/bar.

  • If the pattern ends with /, ** will be automatically added. For
    example, the pattern foo/ becomes foo/**. In other words, it
    matches «foo» and everything inside, recursively.

gitdir/i

This is the same as gitdir except that matching is done
case-insensitively (e.g. on case-insensitive file systems)

onbranch

The data that follows the keyword onbranch: is taken to be a
pattern with standard globbing wildcards and two additional
ones, **/ and /**, that can match multiple path components.
If we are in a worktree where the name of the branch that is
currently checked out matches the pattern, the include condition
is met.

If the pattern ends with /, ** will be automatically added. For
example, the pattern foo/ becomes foo/**. In other words, it matches
all branches that begin with foo/. This is useful if your branches are
organized hierarchically and you would like to apply a configuration to
all the branches in that hierarchy.

hasconfig:remote.*.url:

The data that follows this keyword is taken to
be a pattern with standard globbing wildcards and two
additional ones, **/ and /**, that can match multiple
components. The first time this keyword is seen, the rest of
the config files will be scanned for remote URLs (without
applying any values). If there exists at least one remote URL
that matches this pattern, the include condition is met.

Files included by this option (directly or indirectly) are not allowed
to contain remote URLs.

Note that unlike other includeIf conditions, resolving this condition
relies on information that is not yet known at the point of reading the
condition. A typical use case is this option being present as a
system-level or global-level config, and the remote URL being in a
local-level config; hence the need to scan ahead when resolving this
condition. In order to avoid the chicken-and-egg problem in which
potentially-included files can affect whether such files are potentially
included, Git breaks the cycle by prohibiting these files from affecting
the resolution of these conditions (thus, prohibiting them from
declaring remote URLs).

As for the naming of this keyword, it is for forwards compatibiliy with
a naming scheme that supports more variable-based include conditions,
but currently Git only supports the exact keyword described above.

A few more notes on matching via gitdir and gitdir/i:

  • Symlinks in $GIT_DIR are not resolved before matching.

  • Both the symlink & realpath versions of paths will be matched
    outside of $GIT_DIR. E.g. if ~/git is a symlink to
    /mnt/storage/git, both gitdir:~/git and gitdir:/mnt/storage/git
    will match.

    This was not the case in the initial release of this feature in
    v2.13.0, which only matched the realpath version. Configuration that
    wants to be compatible with the initial release of this feature needs
    to either specify only the realpath version, or both versions.

  • Note that «../» is not special and will match literally, which is
    unlikely what you want.

Example

# Core variables
[core]
	; Don't trust file modes
	filemode = false

# Our diff algorithm
[diff]
	external = /usr/local/bin/diff-wrapper
	renames = true

[branch "devel"]
	remote = origin
	merge = refs/heads/devel

# Proxy settings
[core]
	gitProxy="ssh" for "kernel.org"
	gitProxy=default-proxy ; for the rest

[include]
	path = /path/to/foo.inc ; include by absolute path
	path = foo.inc ; find "foo.inc" relative to the current file
	path = ~/foo.inc ; find "foo.inc" in your `$HOME` directory

; include if $GIT_DIR is /path/to/foo/.git
[includeIf "gitdir:/path/to/foo/.git"]
	path = /path/to/foo.inc

; include for all repositories inside /path/to/group
[includeIf "gitdir:/path/to/group/"]
	path = /path/to/foo.inc

; include for all repositories inside $HOME/to/group
[includeIf "gitdir:~/to/group/"]
	path = /path/to/foo.inc

; relative paths are always relative to the including
; file (if the condition is true); their location is not
; affected by the condition
[includeIf "gitdir:/path/to/group/"]
	path = foo.inc

; include only if we are in a worktree where foo-branch is
; currently checked out
[includeIf "onbranch:foo-branch"]
	path = foo.inc

; include only if a remote with the given URL exists (note
; that such a URL may be provided later in a file or in a
; file read after this file is read, as seen in this example)
[includeIf "hasconfig:remote.*.url:https://example.com/**"]
	path = foo.inc
[remote "origin"]
	url = https://example.com/git

Values

Values of many variables are treated as a simple string, but there
are variables that take values of specific types and there are rules
as to how to spell them.

boolean

When a variable is said to take a boolean value, many
synonyms are accepted for true and false; these are all
case-insensitive.

true

Boolean true literals are yes, on, true,
and 1. Also, a variable defined without = <value>
is taken as true.

false

Boolean false literals are no, off, false,
0 and the empty string.

When converting a value to its canonical form using the --type=bool type
specifier, git config will ensure that the output is «true» or
«false» (spelled in lowercase).

integer

The value for many variables that specify various sizes can
be suffixed with k, M,…​ to mean «scale the number by
1024», «by 1024×1024», etc.

color

The value for a variable that takes a color is a list of
colors (at most two, one for foreground and one for background)
and attributes (as many as you want), separated by spaces.

The basic colors accepted are normal, black, red, green,
yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, white and default. The first
color given is the foreground; the second is the background. All the
basic colors except normal and default have a bright variant that can
be specified by prefixing the color with bright, like brightred.

The color normal makes no change to the color. It is the same as an
empty string, but can be used as the foreground color when specifying a
background color alone (for example, «normal red»).

The color default explicitly resets the color to the terminal default,
for example to specify a cleared background. Although it varies between
terminals, this is usually not the same as setting to «white black».

Colors may also be given as numbers between 0 and 255; these use ANSI
256-color mode (but note that not all terminals may support this). If
your terminal supports it, you may also specify 24-bit RGB values as
hex, like #ff0ab3.

The accepted attributes are bold, dim, ul, blink, reverse,
italic, and strike (for crossed-out or «strikethrough» letters).
The position of any attributes with respect to the colors
(before, after, or in between), doesn’t matter. Specific attributes may
be turned off by prefixing them with no or no- (e.g., noreverse,
no-ul, etc).

The pseudo-attribute reset resets all colors and attributes before
applying the specified coloring. For example, reset green will result
in a green foreground and default background without any active
attributes.

An empty color string produces no color effect at all. This can be used
to avoid coloring specific elements without disabling color entirely.

For git’s pre-defined color slots, the attributes are meant to be reset
at the beginning of each item in the colored output. So setting
color.decorate.branch to black will paint that branch name in a
plain black, even if the previous thing on the same output line (e.g.
opening parenthesis before the list of branch names in log --decorate
output) is set to be painted with bold or some other attribute.
However, custom log formats may do more complicated and layered
coloring, and the negated forms may be useful there.

pathname

A variable that takes a pathname value can be given a
string that begins with «~/» or «~user/«, and the usual
tilde expansion happens to such a string: ~/
is expanded to the value of $HOME, and ~user/ to the
specified user’s home directory.

If a path starts with %(prefix)/, the remainder is interpreted as a
path relative to Git’s «runtime prefix», i.e. relative to the location
where Git itself was installed. For example, %(prefix)/bin/ refers to
the directory in which the Git executable itself lives. If Git was
compiled without runtime prefix support, the compiled-in prefix will be
substituted instead. In the unlikely event that a literal path needs to
be specified that should not be expanded, it needs to be prefixed by
./, like so: ./%(prefix)/bin.

Variables

Note that this list is non-comprehensive and not necessarily complete.
For command-specific variables, you will find a more detailed description
in the appropriate manual page.

Other git-related tools may and do use their own variables. When
inventing new variables for use in your own tool, make sure their
names do not conflict with those that are used by Git itself and
other popular tools, and describe them in your documentation.

advice.*

These variables control various optional help messages designed to
aid new users. All advice.* variables default to true, and you
can tell Git that you do not need help by setting these to false:

ambiguousFetchRefspec

Advice shown when fetch refspec for multiple remotes map to
the same remote-tracking branch namespace and causes branch
tracking set-up to fail.

fetchShowForcedUpdates

Advice shown when git-fetch[1] takes a long time
to calculate forced updates after ref updates, or to warn
that the check is disabled.

pushUpdateRejected

Set this variable to false if you want to disable
pushNonFFCurrent, pushNonFFMatching, pushAlreadyExists,
pushFetchFirst, pushNeedsForce, and pushRefNeedsUpdate
simultaneously.

pushNonFFCurrent

Advice shown when git-push[1] fails due to a
non-fast-forward update to the current branch.

pushNonFFMatching

Advice shown when you ran git-push[1] and pushed
matching refs explicitly (i.e. you used :, or
specified a refspec that isn’t your current branch) and
it resulted in a non-fast-forward error.

pushAlreadyExists

Shown when git-push[1] rejects an update that
does not qualify for fast-forwarding (e.g., a tag.)

pushFetchFirst

Shown when git-push[1] rejects an update that
tries to overwrite a remote ref that points at an
object we do not have.

pushNeedsForce

Shown when git-push[1] rejects an update that
tries to overwrite a remote ref that points at an
object that is not a commit-ish, or make the remote
ref point at an object that is not a commit-ish.

pushUnqualifiedRefname

Shown when git-push[1] gives up trying to
guess based on the source and destination refs what
remote ref namespace the source belongs in, but where
we can still suggest that the user push to either
refs/heads/* or refs/tags/* based on the type of the
source object.

pushRefNeedsUpdate

Shown when git-push[1] rejects a forced update of
a branch when its remote-tracking ref has updates that we
do not have locally.

skippedCherryPicks

Shown when git-rebase[1] skips a commit that has already
been cherry-picked onto the upstream branch.

statusAheadBehind

Shown when git-status[1] computes the ahead/behind
counts for a local ref compared to its remote tracking ref,
and that calculation takes longer than expected. Will not
appear if status.aheadBehind is false or the option
--no-ahead-behind is given.

statusHints

Show directions on how to proceed from the current
state in the output of git-status[1], in
the template shown when writing commit messages in
git-commit[1], and in the help message shown
by git-switch[1] or
git-checkout[1] when switching branch.

statusUoption

Advise to consider using the -u option to git-status[1]
when the command takes more than 2 seconds to enumerate untracked
files.

commitBeforeMerge

Advice shown when git-merge[1] refuses to
merge to avoid overwriting local changes.

resetNoRefresh

Advice to consider using the --no-refresh option to
git-reset[1] when the command takes more than 2 seconds
to refresh the index after reset.

resolveConflict

Advice shown by various commands when conflicts
prevent the operation from being performed.

sequencerInUse

Advice shown when a sequencer command is already in progress.

implicitIdentity

Advice on how to set your identity configuration when
your information is guessed from the system username and
domain name.

detachedHead

Advice shown when you used
git-switch[1] or git-checkout[1]
to move to the detach HEAD state, to instruct how to
create a local branch after the fact.

suggestDetachingHead

Advice shown when git-switch[1] refuses to detach HEAD
without the explicit --detach option.

checkoutAmbiguousRemoteBranchName

Advice shown when the argument to
git-checkout[1] and git-switch[1]
ambiguously resolves to a
remote tracking branch on more than one remote in
situations where an unambiguous argument would have
otherwise caused a remote-tracking branch to be
checked out. See the checkout.defaultRemote
configuration variable for how to set a given remote
to used by default in some situations where this
advice would be printed.

amWorkDir

Advice that shows the location of the patch file when
git-am[1] fails to apply it.

rmHints

In case of failure in the output of git-rm[1],
show directions on how to proceed from the current state.

addEmbeddedRepo

Advice on what to do when you’ve accidentally added one
git repo inside of another.

ignoredHook

Advice shown if a hook is ignored because the hook is not
set as executable.

waitingForEditor

Print a message to the terminal whenever Git is waiting for
editor input from the user.

nestedTag

Advice shown if a user attempts to recursively tag a tag object.

submoduleAlternateErrorStrategyDie

Advice shown when a submodule.alternateErrorStrategy option
configured to «die» causes a fatal error.

submodulesNotUpdated

Advice shown when a user runs a submodule command that fails
because git submodule update --init was not run.

addIgnoredFile

Advice shown if a user attempts to add an ignored file to
the index.

addEmptyPathspec

Advice shown if a user runs the add command without providing
the pathspec parameter.

updateSparsePath

Advice shown when either git-add[1] or git-rm[1]
is asked to update index entries outside the current sparse
checkout.

core.fileMode

Tells Git if the executable bit of files in the working tree
is to be honored.

Some filesystems lose the executable bit when a file that is
marked as executable is checked out, or checks out a
non-executable file with executable bit on.
git-clone[1] or git-init[1] probe the filesystem
to see if it handles the executable bit correctly
and this variable is automatically set as necessary.

A repository, however, may be on a filesystem that handles
the filemode correctly, and this variable is set to true
when created, but later may be made accessible from another
environment that loses the filemode (e.g. exporting ext4 via
CIFS mount, visiting a Cygwin created repository with
Git for Windows or Eclipse).
In such a case it may be necessary to set this variable to false.
See git-update-index[1].

The default is true (when core.filemode is not specified in the config file).

core.hideDotFiles

(Windows-only) If true, mark newly-created directories and files whose
name starts with a dot as hidden. If dotGitOnly, only the .git/
directory is hidden, but no other files starting with a dot. The
default mode is dotGitOnly.

core.ignoreCase

Internal variable which enables various workarounds to enable
Git to work better on filesystems that are not case sensitive,
like APFS, HFS+, FAT, NTFS, etc. For example, if a directory listing
finds «makefile» when Git expects «Makefile», Git will assume
it is really the same file, and continue to remember it as
«Makefile».

The default is false, except git-clone[1] or git-init[1]
will probe and set core.ignoreCase true if appropriate when the repository
is created.

Git relies on the proper configuration of this variable for your operating
and file system. Modifying this value may result in unexpected behavior.

core.precomposeUnicode

This option is only used by Mac OS implementation of Git.
When core.precomposeUnicode=true, Git reverts the unicode decomposition
of filenames done by Mac OS. This is useful when sharing a repository
between Mac OS and Linux or Windows.
(Git for Windows 1.7.10 or higher is needed, or Git under cygwin 1.7).
When false, file names are handled fully transparent by Git,
which is backward compatible with older versions of Git.

core.protectHFS

If set to true, do not allow checkout of paths that would
be considered equivalent to .git on an HFS+ filesystem.
Defaults to true on Mac OS, and false elsewhere.

core.protectNTFS

If set to true, do not allow checkout of paths that would
cause problems with the NTFS filesystem, e.g. conflict with
8.3 «short» names.
Defaults to true on Windows, and false elsewhere.

core.fsmonitor

If set to true, enable the built-in file system monitor
daemon for this working directory (git-fsmonitor—daemon[1]).

Like hook-based file system monitors, the built-in file system monitor
can speed up Git commands that need to refresh the Git index
(e.g. git status) in a working directory with many files. The
built-in monitor eliminates the need to install and maintain an
external third-party tool.

The built-in file system monitor is currently available only on a
limited set of supported platforms. Currently, this includes Windows
and MacOS.

Otherwise, this variable contains the pathname of the "fsmonitor"
hook command.

This hook command is used to identify all files that may have changed
since the requested date/time. This information is used to speed up
git by avoiding unnecessary scanning of files that have not changed.

See the «fsmonitor-watchman» section of githooks[5].

Note that if you concurrently use multiple versions of Git, such
as one version on the command line and another version in an IDE
tool, that the definition of core.fsmonitor was extended to
allow boolean values in addition to hook pathnames. Git versions
2.35.1 and prior will not understand the boolean values and will
consider the «true» or «false» values as hook pathnames to be
invoked. Git versions 2.26 thru 2.35.1 default to hook protocol
V2 and will fall back to no fsmonitor (full scan). Git versions
prior to 2.26 default to hook protocol V1 and will silently
assume there were no changes to report (no scan), so status
commands may report incomplete results. For this reason, it is
best to upgrade all of your Git versions before using the built-in
file system monitor.

core.fsmonitorHookVersion

Sets the protocol version to be used when invoking the
«fsmonitor» hook.

There are currently versions 1 and 2. When this is not set,
version 2 will be tried first and if it fails then version 1
will be tried. Version 1 uses a timestamp as input to determine
which files have changes since that time but some monitors
like Watchman have race conditions when used with a timestamp.
Version 2 uses an opaque string so that the monitor can return
something that can be used to determine what files have changed
without race conditions.

core.trustctime

If false, the ctime differences between the index and the
working tree are ignored; useful when the inode change time
is regularly modified by something outside Git (file system
crawlers and some backup systems).
See git-update-index[1]. True by default.

core.splitIndex

If true, the split-index feature of the index will be used.
See git-update-index[1]. False by default.

core.untrackedCache

Determines what to do about the untracked cache feature of the
index. It will be kept, if this variable is unset or set to
keep. It will automatically be added if set to true. And
it will automatically be removed, if set to false. Before
setting it to true, you should check that mtime is working
properly on your system.
See git-update-index[1]. keep by default, unless
feature.manyFiles is enabled which sets this setting to
true by default.

core.checkStat

When missing or is set to default, many fields in the stat
structure are checked to detect if a file has been modified
since Git looked at it. When this configuration variable is
set to minimal, sub-second part of mtime and ctime, the
uid and gid of the owner of the file, the inode number (and
the device number, if Git was compiled to use it), are
excluded from the check among these fields, leaving only the
whole-second part of mtime (and ctime, if core.trustCtime
is set) and the filesize to be checked.

There are implementations of Git that do not leave usable values in
some fields (e.g. JGit); by excluding these fields from the
comparison, the minimal mode may help interoperability when the
same repository is used by these other systems at the same time.

core.quotePath

Commands that output paths (e.g. ls-files, diff), will
quote «unusual» characters in the pathname by enclosing the
pathname in double-quotes and escaping those characters with
backslashes in the same way C escapes control characters (e.g.
t for TAB, n for LF, \ for backslash) or bytes with
values larger than 0x80 (e.g. octal 302265 for «micro» in
UTF-8). If this variable is set to false, bytes higher than
0x80 are not considered «unusual» any more. Double-quotes,
backslash and control characters are always escaped regardless
of the setting of this variable. A simple space character is
not considered «unusual». Many commands can output pathnames
completely verbatim using the -z option. The default value
is true.

core.eol

Sets the line ending type to use in the working directory for
files that are marked as text (either by having the text
attribute set, or by having text=auto and Git auto-detecting
the contents as text).
Alternatives are lf, crlf and native, which uses the platform’s
native line ending. The default value is native. See
gitattributes[5] for more information on end-of-line
conversion. Note that this value is ignored if core.autocrlf
is set to true or input.

core.safecrlf

If true, makes Git check if converting CRLF is reversible when
end-of-line conversion is active. Git will verify if a command
modifies a file in the work tree either directly or indirectly.
For example, committing a file followed by checking out the
same file should yield the original file in the work tree. If
this is not the case for the current setting of
core.autocrlf, Git will reject the file. The variable can
be set to «warn», in which case Git will only warn about an
irreversible conversion but continue the operation.

CRLF conversion bears a slight chance of corrupting data.
When it is enabled, Git will convert CRLF to LF during commit and LF to
CRLF during checkout. A file that contains a mixture of LF and
CRLF before the commit cannot be recreated by Git. For text
files this is the right thing to do: it corrects line endings
such that we have only LF line endings in the repository.
But for binary files that are accidentally classified as text the
conversion can corrupt data.

If you recognize such corruption early you can easily fix it by
setting the conversion type explicitly in .gitattributes. Right
after committing you still have the original file in your work
tree and this file is not yet corrupted. You can explicitly tell
Git that this file is binary and Git will handle the file
appropriately.

Unfortunately, the desired effect of cleaning up text files with
mixed line endings and the undesired effect of corrupting binary
files cannot be distinguished. In both cases CRLFs are removed
in an irreversible way. For text files this is the right thing
to do because CRLFs are line endings, while for binary files
converting CRLFs corrupts data.

Note, this safety check does not mean that a checkout will generate a
file identical to the original file for a different setting of
core.eol and core.autocrlf, but only for the current one. For
example, a text file with LF would be accepted with core.eol=lf
and could later be checked out with core.eol=crlf, in which case the
resulting file would contain CRLF, although the original file
contained LF. However, in both work trees the line endings would be
consistent, that is either all LF or all CRLF, but never mixed. A
file with mixed line endings would be reported by the core.safecrlf
mechanism.

core.autocrlf

Setting this variable to «true» is the same as setting
the text attribute to «auto» on all files and core.eol to «crlf».
Set to true if you want to have CRLF line endings in your
working directory and the repository has LF line endings.
This variable can be set to input,
in which case no output conversion is performed.

core.checkRoundtripEncoding

A comma and/or whitespace separated list of encodings that Git
performs UTF-8 round trip checks on if they are used in an
working-tree-encoding attribute (see gitattributes[5]).
The default value is SHIFT-JIS.

core.symlinks

If false, symbolic links are checked out as small plain files that
contain the link text. git-update-index[1] and
git-add[1] will not change the recorded type to regular
file. Useful on filesystems like FAT that do not support
symbolic links.

The default is true, except git-clone[1] or git-init[1]
will probe and set core.symlinks false if appropriate when the repository
is created.

core.gitProxy

A «proxy command» to execute (as command host port) instead
of establishing direct connection to the remote server when
using the Git protocol for fetching. If the variable value is
in the «COMMAND for DOMAIN» format, the command is applied only
on hostnames ending with the specified domain string. This variable
may be set multiple times and is matched in the given order;
the first match wins.

Can be overridden by the GIT_PROXY_COMMAND environment variable
(which always applies universally, without the special «for»
handling).

The special string none can be used as the proxy command to
specify that no proxy be used for a given domain pattern.
This is useful for excluding servers inside a firewall from
proxy use, while defaulting to a common proxy for external domains.

core.sshCommand

If this variable is set, git fetch and git push will
use the specified command instead of ssh when they need to
connect to a remote system. The command is in the same form as
the GIT_SSH_COMMAND environment variable and is overridden
when the environment variable is set.

core.ignoreStat

If true, Git will avoid using lstat() calls to detect if files have
changed by setting the «assume-unchanged» bit for those tracked files
which it has updated identically in both the index and working tree.

When files are modified outside of Git, the user will need to stage
the modified files explicitly (e.g. see Examples section in
git-update-index[1]).
Git will not normally detect changes to those files.

This is useful on systems where lstat() calls are very slow, such as
CIFS/Microsoft Windows.

False by default.

core.preferSymlinkRefs

Instead of the default «symref» format for HEAD
and other symbolic reference files, use symbolic links.
This is sometimes needed to work with old scripts that
expect HEAD to be a symbolic link.

core.alternateRefsCommand

When advertising tips of available history from an alternate, use the shell to
execute the specified command instead of git-for-each-ref[1]. The
first argument is the absolute path of the alternate. Output must contain one
hex object id per line (i.e., the same as produced by git for-each-ref
--format='%(objectname)'
).

Note that you cannot generally put git for-each-ref directly into the config
value, as it does not take a repository path as an argument (but you can wrap
the command above in a shell script).

core.alternateRefsPrefixes

When listing references from an alternate, list only references that begin
with the given prefix. Prefixes match as if they were given as arguments to
git-for-each-ref[1]. To list multiple prefixes, separate them with
whitespace. If core.alternateRefsCommand is set, setting
core.alternateRefsPrefixes has no effect.

core.bare

If true this repository is assumed to be bare and has no
working directory associated with it. If this is the case a
number of commands that require a working directory will be
disabled, such as git-add[1] or git-merge[1].

This setting is automatically guessed by git-clone[1] or
git-init[1] when the repository was created. By default a
repository that ends in «/.git» is assumed to be not bare (bare =
false), while all other repositories are assumed to be bare (bare
= true).

core.worktree

Set the path to the root of the working tree.
If GIT_COMMON_DIR environment variable is set, core.worktree
is ignored and not used for determining the root of working tree.
This can be overridden by the GIT_WORK_TREE environment
variable and the --work-tree command-line option.
The value can be an absolute path or relative to the path to
the .git directory, which is either specified by —git-dir
or GIT_DIR, or automatically discovered.
If —git-dir or GIT_DIR is specified but none of
—work-tree, GIT_WORK_TREE and core.worktree is specified,
the current working directory is regarded as the top level
of your working tree.

Note that this variable is honored even when set in a configuration
file in a «.git» subdirectory of a directory and its value differs
from the latter directory (e.g. «/path/to/.git/config» has
core.worktree set to «/different/path»), which is most likely a
misconfiguration. Running Git commands in the «/path/to» directory will
still use «/different/path» as the root of the work tree and can cause
confusion unless you know what you are doing (e.g. you are creating a
read-only snapshot of the same index to a location different from the
repository’s usual working tree).

core.logAllRefUpdates

Enable the reflog. Updates to a ref <ref> is logged to the file
«$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>«, by appending the new and old
SHA-1, the date/time and the reason of the update, but
only when the file exists. If this configuration
variable is set to true, missing «$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>»
file is automatically created for branch heads (i.e. under
refs/heads/), remote refs (i.e. under refs/remotes/),
note refs (i.e. under refs/notes/), and the symbolic ref HEAD.
If it is set to always, then a missing reflog is automatically
created for any ref under refs/.

This information can be used to determine what commit
was the tip of a branch «2 days ago».

This value is true by default in a repository that has
a working directory associated with it, and false by
default in a bare repository.

core.repositoryFormatVersion

Internal variable identifying the repository format and layout
version.

core.sharedRepository

When group (or true), the repository is made shareable between
several users in a group (making sure all the files and objects are
group-writable). When all (or world or everybody), the
repository will be readable by all users, additionally to being
group-shareable. When umask (or false), Git will use permissions
reported by umask(2). When 0xxx, where 0xxx is an octal number,
files in the repository will have this mode value. 0xxx will override
user’s umask value (whereas the other options will only override
requested parts of the user’s umask value). Examples: 0660 will make
the repo read/write-able for the owner and group, but inaccessible to
others (equivalent to group unless umask is e.g. 0022). 0640 is a
repository that is group-readable but not group-writable.
See git-init[1]. False by default.

core.warnAmbiguousRefs

If true, Git will warn you if the ref name you passed it is ambiguous
and might match multiple refs in the repository. True by default.

core.compression

An integer -1..9, indicating a default compression level.
-1 is the zlib default. 0 means no compression,
and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being slowest.
If set, this provides a default to other compression variables,
such as core.looseCompression and pack.compression.

core.looseCompression

An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects that
are not in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no
compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being
slowest. If not set, defaults to core.compression. If that is
not set, defaults to 1 (best speed).

core.packedGitWindowSize

Number of bytes of a pack file to map into memory in a
single mapping operation. Larger window sizes may allow
your system to process a smaller number of large pack files
more quickly. Smaller window sizes will negatively affect
performance due to increased calls to the operating system’s
memory manager, but may improve performance when accessing
a large number of large pack files.

Default is 1 MiB if NO_MMAP was set at compile time, otherwise 32
MiB on 32 bit platforms and 1 GiB on 64 bit platforms. This should
be reasonable for all users/operating systems. You probably do
not need to adjust this value.

Common unit suffixes of k, m, or g are supported.

core.packedGitLimit

Maximum number of bytes to map simultaneously into memory
from pack files. If Git needs to access more than this many
bytes at once to complete an operation it will unmap existing
regions to reclaim virtual address space within the process.

Default is 256 MiB on 32 bit platforms and 32 TiB (effectively
unlimited) on 64 bit platforms.
This should be reasonable for all users/operating systems, except on
the largest projects. You probably do not need to adjust this value.

Common unit suffixes of k, m, or g are supported.

core.deltaBaseCacheLimit

Maximum number of bytes per thread to reserve for caching base objects
that may be referenced by multiple deltified objects. By storing the
entire decompressed base objects in a cache Git is able
to avoid unpacking and decompressing frequently used base
objects multiple times.

Default is 96 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable
for all users/operating systems, except on the largest projects.
You probably do not need to adjust this value.

Common unit suffixes of k, m, or g are supported.

core.bigFileThreshold

The size of files considered «big», which as discussed below
changes the behavior of numerous git commands, as well as how
such files are stored within the repository. The default is
512 MiB. Common unit suffixes of k, m, or g are
supported.

Files above the configured limit will be:

  • Stored deflated in packfiles, without attempting delta compression.

    The default limit is primarily set with this use-case in mind. With it,
    most projects will have their source code and other text files delta
    compressed, but not larger binary media files.

    Storing large files without delta compression avoids excessive memory
    usage, at the slight expense of increased disk usage.

  • Will be treated as if they were labeled «binary» (see
    gitattributes[5]). e.g. git-log[1] and
    git-diff[1] will not compute diffs for files above this limit.

  • Will generally be streamed when written, which avoids excessive
    memory usage, at the cost of some fixed overhead. Commands that make
    use of this include git-archive[1],
    git-fast-import[1], git-index-pack[1],
    git-unpack-objects[1] and git-fsck[1].

core.excludesFile

Specifies the pathname to the file that contains patterns to
describe paths that are not meant to be tracked, in addition
to .gitignore (per-directory) and .git/info/exclude.
Defaults to $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/ignore.
If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is either not set or empty, $HOME/.config/git/ignore
is used instead. See gitignore[5].

core.askPass

Some commands (e.g. svn and http interfaces) that interactively
ask for a password can be told to use an external program given
via the value of this variable. Can be overridden by the GIT_ASKPASS
environment variable. If not set, fall back to the value of the
SSH_ASKPASS environment variable or, failing that, a simple password
prompt. The external program shall be given a suitable prompt as
command-line argument and write the password on its STDOUT.

core.attributesFile

In addition to .gitattributes (per-directory) and
.git/info/attributes, Git looks into this file for attributes
(see gitattributes[5]). Path expansions are made the same
way as for core.excludesFile. Its default value is
$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/attributes. If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is either not
set or empty, $HOME/.config/git/attributes is used instead.

core.hooksPath

By default Git will look for your hooks in the
$GIT_DIR/hooks directory. Set this to different path,
e.g. /etc/git/hooks, and Git will try to find your hooks in
that directory, e.g. /etc/git/hooks/pre-receive instead of
in $GIT_DIR/hooks/pre-receive.

The path can be either absolute or relative. A relative path is
taken as relative to the directory where the hooks are run (see
the «DESCRIPTION» section of githooks[5]).

This configuration variable is useful in cases where you’d like to
centrally configure your Git hooks instead of configuring them on a
per-repository basis, or as a more flexible and centralized
alternative to having an init.templateDir where you’ve changed
default hooks.

core.editor

Commands such as commit and tag that let you edit
messages by launching an editor use the value of this
variable when it is set, and the environment variable
GIT_EDITOR is not set. See git-var[1].

Commands such as commit and tag that let you edit
messages consider a line that begins with this character
commented, and removes them after the editor returns
(default #).

If set to «auto», git-commit would select a character that is not
the beginning character of any line in existing commit messages.

core.filesRefLockTimeout

The length of time, in milliseconds, to retry when trying to
lock an individual reference. Value 0 means not to retry at
all; -1 means to try indefinitely. Default is 100 (i.e.,
retry for 100ms).

core.packedRefsTimeout

The length of time, in milliseconds, to retry when trying to
lock the packed-refs file. Value 0 means not to retry at
all; -1 means to try indefinitely. Default is 1000 (i.e.,
retry for 1 second).

Text viewer for use by Git commands (e.g., less). The value
is meant to be interpreted by the shell. The order of preference
is the $GIT_PAGER environment variable, then core.pager
configuration, then $PAGER, and then the default chosen at
compile time (usually less).

When the LESS environment variable is unset, Git sets it to FRX
(if LESS environment variable is set, Git does not change it at
all). If you want to selectively override Git’s default setting
for LESS, you can set core.pager to e.g. less -S. This will
be passed to the shell by Git, which will translate the final
command to LESS=FRX less -S. The environment does not set the
S option but the command line does, instructing less to truncate
long lines. Similarly, setting core.pager to less -+F will
deactivate the F option specified by the environment from the
command-line, deactivating the «quit if one screen» behavior of
less. One can specifically activate some flags for particular
commands: for example, setting pager.blame to less -S enables
line truncation only for git blame.

Likewise, when the LV environment variable is unset, Git sets it
to -c. You can override this setting by exporting LV with
another value or setting core.pager to lv +c.

core.whitespace

A comma separated list of common whitespace problems to
notice. git diff will use color.diff.whitespace to
highlight them, and git apply —whitespace=error will
consider them as errors. You can prefix - to disable
any of them (e.g. -trailing-space):

  • blank-at-eol treats trailing whitespaces at the end of the line
    as an error (enabled by default).

  • space-before-tab treats a space character that appears immediately
    before a tab character in the initial indent part of the line as an
    error (enabled by default).

  • indent-with-non-tab treats a line that is indented with space
    characters instead of the equivalent tabs as an error (not enabled by
    default).

  • tab-in-indent treats a tab character in the initial indent part of
    the line as an error (not enabled by default).

  • blank-at-eof treats blank lines added at the end of file as an error
    (enabled by default).

  • trailing-space is a short-hand to cover both blank-at-eol and
    blank-at-eof.

  • cr-at-eol treats a carriage-return at the end of line as
    part of the line terminator, i.e. with it, trailing-space
    does not trigger if the character before such a carriage-return
    is not a whitespace (not enabled by default).

  • tabwidth=<n> tells how many character positions a tab occupies; this
    is relevant for indent-with-non-tab and when Git fixes tab-in-indent
    errors. The default tab width is 8. Allowed values are 1 to 63.

core.fsync

A comma-separated list of components of the repository that
should be hardened via the core.fsyncMethod when created or
modified. You can disable hardening of any component by
prefixing it with a . Items that are not hardened may be
lost in the event of an unclean system shutdown. Unless you
have special requirements, it is recommended that you leave
this option empty or pick one of committed, added,
or all.

When this configuration is encountered, the set of components starts with
the platform default value, disabled components are removed, and additional
components are added. none resets the state so that the platform default
is ignored.

The empty string resets the fsync configuration to the platform
default. The default on most platforms is equivalent to
core.fsync=committed,-loose-object, which has good performance,
but risks losing recent work in the event of an unclean system shutdown.

  • none clears the set of fsynced components.

  • loose-object hardens objects added to the repo in loose-object form.

  • pack hardens objects added to the repo in packfile form.

  • pack-metadata hardens packfile bitmaps and indexes.

  • commit-graph hardens the commit-graph file.

  • index hardens the index when it is modified.

  • objects is an aggregate option that is equivalent to
    loose-object,pack.

  • reference hardens references modified in the repo.

  • derived-metadata is an aggregate option that is equivalent to
    pack-metadata,commit-graph.

  • committed is an aggregate option that is currently equivalent to
    objects. This mode sacrifices some performance to ensure that work
    that is committed to the repository with git commit or similar commands
    is hardened.

  • added is an aggregate option that is currently equivalent to
    committed,index. This mode sacrifices additional performance to
    ensure that the results of commands like git add and similar operations
    are hardened.

  • all is an aggregate option that syncs all individual components above.

core.fsyncMethod

A value indicating the strategy Git will use to harden repository data
using fsync and related primitives.

  • fsync uses the fsync() system call or platform equivalents.

  • writeout-only issues pagecache writeback requests, but depending on the
    filesystem and storage hardware, data added to the repository may not be
    durable in the event of a system crash. This is the default mode on macOS.

  • batch enables a mode that uses writeout-only flushes to stage multiple
    updates in the disk writeback cache and then does a single full fsync of
    a dummy file to trigger the disk cache flush at the end of the operation.

    Currently batch mode only applies to loose-object files. Other repository
    data is made durable as if fsync was specified. This mode is expected to
    be as safe as fsync on macOS for repos stored on HFS+ or APFS filesystems
    and on Windows for repos stored on NTFS or ReFS filesystems.

core.fsyncObjectFiles

This boolean will enable fsync() when writing object files.
This setting is deprecated. Use core.fsync instead.

This setting affects data added to the Git repository in loose-object
form. When set to true, Git will issue an fsync or similar system call
to flush caches so that loose-objects remain consistent in the face
of a unclean system shutdown.

core.preloadIndex

Enable parallel index preload for operations like git diff

This can speed up operations like git diff and git status especially
on filesystems like NFS that have weak caching semantics and thus
relatively high IO latencies. When enabled, Git will do the
index comparison to the filesystem data in parallel, allowing
overlapping IO’s. Defaults to true.

core.unsetenvvars

Windows-only: comma-separated list of environment variables’
names that need to be unset before spawning any other process.
Defaults to PERL5LIB to account for the fact that Git for
Windows insists on using its own Perl interpreter.

core.restrictinheritedhandles

Windows-only: override whether spawned processes inherit only standard
file handles (stdin, stdout and stderr) or all handles. Can be
auto, true or false. Defaults to auto, which means true on
Windows 7 and later, and false on older Windows versions.

core.createObject

You can set this to link, in which case a hardlink followed by
a delete of the source are used to make sure that object creation
will not overwrite existing objects.

On some file system/operating system combinations, this is unreliable.
Set this config setting to rename there; However, This will remove the
check that makes sure that existing object files will not get overwritten.

core.notesRef

When showing commit messages, also show notes which are stored in
the given ref. The ref must be fully qualified. If the given
ref does not exist, it is not an error but means that no
notes should be printed.

This setting defaults to «refs/notes/commits», and it can be overridden by
the GIT_NOTES_REF environment variable. See git-notes[1].

core.commitGraph

If true, then git will read the commit-graph file (if it exists)
to parse the graph structure of commits. Defaults to true. See
git-commit-graph[1] for more information.

core.useReplaceRefs

If set to false, behave as if the --no-replace-objects
option was given on the command line. See git[1] and
git-replace[1] for more information.

core.multiPackIndex

Use the multi-pack-index file to track multiple packfiles using a
single index. See git-multi-pack-index[1] for more
information. Defaults to true.

core.sparseCheckout

Enable «sparse checkout» feature. See git-sparse-checkout[1]
for more information.

core.sparseCheckoutCone

Enables the «cone mode» of the sparse checkout feature. When the
sparse-checkout file contains a limited set of patterns, this
mode provides significant performance advantages. The «non-cone
mode» can be requested to allow specifying more flexible
patterns by setting this variable to false. See
git-sparse-checkout[1] for more information.

core.abbrev

Set the length object names are abbreviated to. If
unspecified or set to «auto», an appropriate value is
computed based on the approximate number of packed objects
in your repository, which hopefully is enough for
abbreviated object names to stay unique for some time.
If set to «no», no abbreviation is made and the object names
are shown in their full length.
The minimum length is 4.

add.ignoreErrors
add.ignore-errors (deprecated)

Tells git add to continue adding files when some files cannot be
added due to indexing errors. Equivalent to the --ignore-errors
option of git-add[1]. add.ignore-errors is deprecated,
as it does not follow the usual naming convention for configuration
variables.

add.interactive.useBuiltin

Unused configuration variable. Used in Git versions v2.25.0 to
v2.36.0 to enable the built-in version of git-add[1]’s
interactive mode, which then became the default in Git
versions v2.37.0 to v2.39.0.

alias.*

Command aliases for the git[1] command wrapper — e.g.
after defining alias.last = cat-file commit HEAD, the invocation
git last is equivalent to git cat-file commit HEAD. To avoid
confusion and troubles with script usage, aliases that
hide existing Git commands are ignored. Arguments are split by
spaces, the usual shell quoting and escaping is supported.
A quote pair or a backslash can be used to quote them.

Note that the first word of an alias does not necessarily have to be a
command. It can be a command-line option that will be passed into the
invocation of git. In particular, this is useful when used with -c
to pass in one-time configurations or -p to force pagination. For example,
loud-rebase = -c commit.verbose=true rebase can be defined such that
running git loud-rebase would be equivalent to
git -c commit.verbose=true rebase. Also, ps = -p status would be a
helpful alias since git ps would paginate the output of git status
where the original command does not.

If the alias expansion is prefixed with an exclamation point,
it will be treated as a shell command. For example, defining
alias.new = !gitk --all --not ORIG_HEAD, the invocation
git new is equivalent to running the shell command
gitk --all --not ORIG_HEAD. Note that shell commands will be
executed from the top-level directory of a repository, which may
not necessarily be the current directory.
GIT_PREFIX is set as returned by running git rev-parse --show-prefix
from the original current directory. See git-rev-parse[1].

am.keepcr

If true, git-am will call git-mailsplit for patches in mbox format
with parameter --keep-cr. In this case git-mailsplit will
not remove r from lines ending with rn. Can be overridden
by giving --no-keep-cr from the command line.
See git-am[1], git-mailsplit[1].

am.threeWay

By default, git am will fail if the patch does not apply cleanly. When
set to true, this setting tells git am to fall back on 3-way merge if
the patch records the identity of blobs it is supposed to apply to and
we have those blobs available locally (equivalent to giving the --3way
option from the command line). Defaults to false.
See git-am[1].

apply.ignoreWhitespace

When set to change, tells git apply to ignore changes in
whitespace, in the same way as the --ignore-space-change
option.
When set to one of: no, none, never, false tells git apply to
respect all whitespace differences.
See git-apply[1].

apply.whitespace

Tells git apply how to handle whitespaces, in the same way
as the --whitespace option. See git-apply[1].

blame.blankBoundary

Show blank commit object name for boundary commits in
git-blame[1]. This option defaults to false.

blame.coloring

This determines the coloring scheme to be applied to blame
output. It can be repeatedLines, highlightRecent,
or none which is the default.

blame.date

Specifies the format used to output dates in git-blame[1].
If unset the iso format is used. For supported values,
see the discussion of the --date option at git-log[1].

blame.showEmail

Show the author email instead of author name in git-blame[1].
This option defaults to false.

blame.showRoot

Do not treat root commits as boundaries in git-blame[1].
This option defaults to false.

blame.ignoreRevsFile

Ignore revisions listed in the file, one unabbreviated object name per
line, in git-blame[1]. Whitespace and comments beginning with
# are ignored. This option may be repeated multiple times. Empty
file names will reset the list of ignored revisions. This option will
be handled before the command line option --ignore-revs-file.

blame.markUnblamableLines

Mark lines that were changed by an ignored revision that we could not
attribute to another commit with a * in the output of
git-blame[1].

blame.markIgnoredLines

Mark lines that were changed by an ignored revision that we attributed to
another commit with a ? in the output of git-blame[1].

branch.autoSetupMerge

Tells git branch, git switch and git checkout to set up new branches
so that git-pull[1] will appropriately merge from the
starting point branch. Note that even if this option is not set,
this behavior can be chosen per-branch using the --track
and --no-track options. The valid settings are: false — no
automatic setup is done; true — automatic setup is done when the
starting point is a remote-tracking branch; always — automatic setup is done when the starting point is either a
local branch or remote-tracking branch; inherit — if the starting point
has a tracking configuration, it is copied to the new
branch; simple — automatic setup is done only when the starting point
is a remote-tracking branch and the new branch has the same name as the
remote branch. This option defaults to true.

branch.autoSetupRebase

When a new branch is created with git branch, git switch or git checkout
that tracks another branch, this variable tells Git to set
up pull to rebase instead of merge (see «branch.<name>.rebase»).
When never, rebase is never automatically set to true.
When local, rebase is set to true for tracked branches of
other local branches.
When remote, rebase is set to true for tracked branches of
remote-tracking branches.
When always, rebase will be set to true for all tracking
branches.
See «branch.autoSetupMerge» for details on how to set up a
branch to track another branch.
This option defaults to never.

branch.sort

This variable controls the sort ordering of branches when displayed by
git-branch[1]. Without the «—sort=<value>» option provided, the
value of this variable will be used as the default.
See git-for-each-ref[1] field names for valid values.

branch.<name>.remote

When on branch <name>, it tells git fetch and git push
which remote to fetch from/push to. The remote to push to
may be overridden with remote.pushDefault (for all branches).
The remote to push to, for the current branch, may be further
overridden by branch.<name>.pushRemote. If no remote is
configured, or if you are not on any branch and there is more than
one remote defined in the repository, it defaults to origin for
fetching and remote.pushDefault for pushing.
Additionally, . (a period) is the current local repository
(a dot-repository), see branch.<name>.merge‘s final note below.

branch.<name>.pushRemote

When on branch <name>, it overrides branch.<name>.remote for
pushing. It also overrides remote.pushDefault for pushing
from branch <name>. When you pull from one place (e.g. your
upstream) and push to another place (e.g. your own publishing
repository), you would want to set remote.pushDefault to
specify the remote to push to for all branches, and use this
option to override it for a specific branch.

branch.<name>.merge

Defines, together with branch.<name>.remote, the upstream branch
for the given branch. It tells git fetch/git pull/git rebase which
branch to merge and can also affect git push (see push.default).
When in branch <name>, it tells git fetch the default
refspec to be marked for merging in FETCH_HEAD. The value is
handled like the remote part of a refspec, and must match a
ref which is fetched from the remote given by
«branch.<name>.remote».
The merge information is used by git pull (which at first calls
git fetch) to lookup the default branch for merging. Without
this option, git pull defaults to merge the first refspec fetched.
Specify multiple values to get an octopus merge.
If you wish to setup git pull so that it merges into <name> from
another branch in the local repository, you can point
branch.<name>.merge to the desired branch, and use the relative path
setting . (a period) for branch.<name>.remote.

branch.<name>.mergeOptions

Sets default options for merging into branch <name>. The syntax and
supported options are the same as those of git-merge[1], but
option values containing whitespace characters are currently not
supported.

branch.<name>.rebase

When true, rebase the branch <name> on top of the fetched branch,
instead of merging the default branch from the default remote when
«git pull» is run. See «pull.rebase» for doing this in a non
branch-specific manner.

When merges (or just m), pass the --rebase-merges option to git rebase
so that the local merge commits are included in the rebase (see
git-rebase[1] for details).

When the value is interactive (or just i), the rebase is run in interactive
mode.

NOTE: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do not use
it unless you understand the implications (see git-rebase[1]
for details).

branch.<name>.description

Branch description, can be edited with
git branch --edit-description. Branch description is
automatically added in the format-patch cover letter or
request-pull summary.

browser.<tool>.cmd

Specify the command to invoke the specified browser. The
specified command is evaluated in shell with the URLs passed
as arguments. (See git-web—browse[1].)

browser.<tool>.path

Override the path for the given tool that may be used to
browse HTML help (see -w option in git-help[1]) or a
working repository in gitweb (see git-instaweb[1]).

bundle.*

The bundle.* keys may appear in a bundle list file found via the
git clone --bundle-uri option. These keys currently have no effect
if placed in a repository config file, though this will change in the
future. See the bundle URI design
document for more details.

bundle.version

This integer value advertises the version of the bundle list format
used by the bundle list. Currently, the only accepted value is 1.

bundle.mode

This string value should be either all or any. This value describes
whether all of the advertised bundles are required to unbundle a
complete understanding of the bundled information (all) or if any one
of the listed bundle URIs is sufficient (any).

bundle.heuristic

If this string-valued key exists, then the bundle list is designed to
work well with incremental git fetch commands. The heuristic signals
that there are additional keys available for each bundle that help
determine which subset of bundles the client should download. The
only value currently understood is creationToken.

bundle.<id>.*

The bundle.<id>.* keys are used to describe a single item in the
bundle list, grouped under <id> for identification purposes.

bundle.<id>.uri

This string value defines the URI by which Git can reach the contents
of this <id>. This URI may be a bundle file or another bundle list.

checkout.defaultRemote

When you run git checkout <something>
or git switch <something> and only have one
remote, it may implicitly fall back on checking out and
tracking e.g. origin/<something>. This stops working as soon
as you have more than one remote with a <something>
reference. This setting allows for setting the name of a
preferred remote that should always win when it comes to
disambiguation. The typical use-case is to set this to
origin.

Currently this is used by git-switch[1] and
git-checkout[1] when git checkout <something>
or git switch <something>
will checkout the <something> branch on another remote,
and by git-worktree[1] when git worktree add refers to a
remote branch. This setting might be used for other checkout-like
commands or functionality in the future.

checkout.guess

Provides the default value for the --guess or --no-guess
option in git checkout and git switch. See
git-switch[1] and git-checkout[1].

checkout.workers

The number of parallel workers to use when updating the working tree.
The default is one, i.e. sequential execution. If set to a value less
than one, Git will use as many workers as the number of logical cores
available. This setting and checkout.thresholdForParallelism affect
all commands that perform checkout. E.g. checkout, clone, reset,
sparse-checkout, etc.

Note: parallel checkout usually delivers better performance for repositories
located on SSDs or over NFS. For repositories on spinning disks and/or machines
with a small number of cores, the default sequential checkout often performs
better. The size and compression level of a repository might also influence how
well the parallel version performs.

checkout.thresholdForParallelism

When running parallel checkout with a small number of files, the cost
of subprocess spawning and inter-process communication might outweigh
the parallelization gains. This setting allows to define the minimum
number of files for which parallel checkout should be attempted. The
default is 100.

clean.requireForce

A boolean to make git-clean do nothing unless given -f,
-i or -n. Defaults to true.

clone.defaultRemoteName

The name of the remote to create when cloning a repository. Defaults to
origin, and can be overridden by passing the --origin command-line
option to git-clone[1].

clone.rejectShallow

Reject to clone a repository if it is a shallow one, can be overridden by
passing option --reject-shallow in command line. See git-clone[1]

clone.filterSubmodules

If a partial clone filter is provided (see --filter in
git-rev-list[1]) and --recurse-submodules is used, also apply
the filter to submodules.

color.advice

A boolean to enable/disable color in hints (e.g. when a push
failed, see advice.* for a list). May be set to always,
false (or never) or auto (or true), in which case colors
are used only when the error output goes to a terminal. If
unset, then the value of color.ui is used (auto by default).

color.advice.hint

Use customized color for hints.

color.blame.highlightRecent

Specify the line annotation color for git blame --color-by-age
depending upon the age of the line.

This setting should be set to a comma-separated list of color and
date settings, starting and ending with a color, the dates should be
set from oldest to newest. The metadata will be colored with the
specified colors if the line was introduced before the given
timestamp, overwriting older timestamped colors.

Instead of an absolute timestamp relative timestamps work as well,
e.g. 2.weeks.ago is valid to address anything older than 2 weeks.

It defaults to blue,12 month ago,white,1 month ago,red, which
colors everything older than one year blue, recent changes between
one month and one year old are kept white, and lines introduced
within the last month are colored red.

color.blame.repeatedLines

Use the specified color to colorize line annotations for
git blame --color-lines, if they come from the same commit as the
preceding line. Defaults to cyan.

color.branch

A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of
git-branch[1]. May be set to always,
false (or never) or auto (or true), in which case colors are used
only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the
value of color.ui is used (auto by default).

color.branch.<slot>

Use customized color for branch coloration. <slot> is one of
current (the current branch), local (a local branch),
remote (a remote-tracking branch in refs/remotes/),
upstream (upstream tracking branch), plain (other
refs).

color.diff

Whether to use ANSI escape sequences to add color to patches.
If this is set to always, git-diff[1],
git-log[1], and git-show[1] will use color
for all patches. If it is set to true or auto, those
commands will only use color when output is to the terminal.
If unset, then the value of color.ui is used (auto by
default).

This does not affect git-format-patch[1] or the
git-diff-* plumbing commands. Can be overridden on the
command line with the --color[=<when>] option.

color.diff.<slot>

Use customized color for diff colorization. <slot> specifies
which part of the patch to use the specified color, and is one
of context (context text — plain is a historical synonym),
meta (metainformation), frag
(hunk header), func (function in hunk header), old (removed lines),
new (added lines), commit (commit headers), whitespace
(highlighting whitespace errors), oldMoved (deleted lines),
newMoved (added lines), oldMovedDimmed, oldMovedAlternative,
oldMovedAlternativeDimmed, newMovedDimmed, newMovedAlternative
newMovedAlternativeDimmed (See the <mode>
setting of —color-moved in git-diff[1] for details),
contextDimmed, oldDimmed, newDimmed, contextBold,
oldBold, and newBold (see git-range-diff[1] for details).

color.decorate.<slot>

Use customized color for git log —decorate output. <slot> is one
of branch, remoteBranch, tag, stash or HEAD for local
branches, remote-tracking branches, tags, stash and HEAD, respectively
and grafted for grafted commits.

color.grep

When set to always, always highlight matches. When false (or
never), never. When set to true or auto, use color only
when the output is written to the terminal. If unset, then the
value of color.ui is used (auto by default).

color.grep.<slot>

Use customized color for grep colorization. <slot> specifies which
part of the line to use the specified color, and is one of

context

non-matching text in context lines (when using -A, -B, or -C)

filename

filename prefix (when not using -h)

function

function name lines (when using -p)

lineNumber

line number prefix (when using -n)

column

column number prefix (when using --column)

match

matching text (same as setting matchContext and matchSelected)

matchContext

matching text in context lines

matchSelected

matching text in selected lines. Also, used to customize the following
git-log[1] subcommands: --grep, --author and --committer.

selected

non-matching text in selected lines. Also, used to customize the
following git-log[1] subcommands: --grep, --author and
--committer.

separator

separators between fields on a line (:, -, and =)
and between hunks (--)

color.interactive

When set to always, always use colors for interactive prompts
and displays (such as those used by «git-add —interactive» and
«git-clean —interactive»). When false (or never), never.
When set to true or auto, use colors only when the output is
to the terminal. If unset, then the value of color.ui is
used (auto by default).

color.interactive.<slot>

Use customized color for git add —interactive and git clean
—interactive
output. <slot> may be prompt, header, help
or error, for four distinct types of normal output from
interactive commands.

A boolean to specify whether auto color modes should colorize
output going to the pager. Defaults to true; set this to false
if your pager does not understand ANSI color codes.

color.push

A boolean to enable/disable color in push errors. May be set to
always, false (or never) or auto (or true), in which
case colors are used only when the error output goes to a terminal.
If unset, then the value of color.ui is used (auto by default).

color.push.error

Use customized color for push errors.

color.remote

If set, keywords at the start of the line are highlighted. The
keywords are «error», «warning», «hint» and «success», and are
matched case-insensitively. May be set to always, false (or
never) or auto (or true). If unset, then the value of
color.ui is used (auto by default).

color.remote.<slot>

Use customized color for each remote keyword. <slot> may be
hint, warning, success or error which match the
corresponding keyword.

color.showBranch

A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of
git-show-branch[1]. May be set to always,
false (or never) or auto (or true), in which case colors are used
only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the
value of color.ui is used (auto by default).

color.status

A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of
git-status[1]. May be set to always,
false (or never) or auto (or true), in which case colors are used
only when the output is to a terminal. If unset, then the
value of color.ui is used (auto by default).

color.status.<slot>

Use customized color for status colorization. <slot> is
one of header (the header text of the status message),
added or updated (files which are added but not committed),
changed (files which are changed but not added in the index),
untracked (files which are not tracked by Git),
branch (the current branch),
nobranch (the color the no branch warning is shown in, defaulting
to red),
localBranch or remoteBranch (the local and remote branch names,
respectively, when branch and tracking information is displayed in the
status short-format), or
unmerged (files which have unmerged changes).

color.transport

A boolean to enable/disable color when pushes are rejected. May be
set to always, false (or never) or auto (or true), in which
case colors are used only when the error output goes to a terminal.
If unset, then the value of color.ui is used (auto by default).

color.transport.rejected

Use customized color when a push was rejected.

color.ui

This variable determines the default value for variables such
as color.diff and color.grep that control the use of color
per command family. Its scope will expand as more commands learn
configuration to set a default for the --color option. Set it
to false or never if you prefer Git commands not to use
color unless enabled explicitly with some other configuration
or the --color option. Set it to always if you want all
output not intended for machine consumption to use color, to
true or auto (this is the default since Git 1.8.4) if you
want such output to use color when written to the terminal.

column.ui

Specify whether supported commands should output in columns.
This variable consists of a list of tokens separated by spaces
or commas:

These options control when the feature should be enabled
(defaults to never):

always

always show in columns

never

never show in columns

auto

show in columns if the output is to the terminal

These options control layout (defaults to column). Setting any
of these implies always if none of always, never, or auto are
specified.

column

fill columns before rows

row

fill rows before columns

plain

show in one column

Finally, these options can be combined with a layout option (defaults
to nodense):

dense

make unequal size columns to utilize more space

nodense

make equal size columns

column.branch

Specify whether to output branch listing in git branch in columns.
See column.ui for details.

column.clean

Specify the layout when list items in git clean -i, which always
shows files and directories in columns. See column.ui for details.

column.status

Specify whether to output untracked files in git status in columns.
See column.ui for details.

column.tag

Specify whether to output tag listing in git tag in columns.
See column.ui for details.

commit.cleanup

This setting overrides the default of the --cleanup option in
git commit. See git-commit[1] for details. Changing the
default can be useful when you always want to keep lines that begin
with comment character # in your log message, in which case you
would do git config commit.cleanup whitespace (note that you will
have to remove the help lines that begin with # in the commit log
template yourself, if you do this).

commit.gpgSign

A boolean to specify whether all commits should be GPG signed.
Use of this option when doing operations such as rebase can
result in a large number of commits being signed. It may be
convenient to use an agent to avoid typing your GPG passphrase
several times.

commit.status

A boolean to enable/disable inclusion of status information in the
commit message template when using an editor to prepare the commit
message. Defaults to true.

commit.template

Specify the pathname of a file to use as the template for
new commit messages.

commit.verbose

A boolean or int to specify the level of verbose with git commit.
See git-commit[1].

commitGraph.generationVersion

Specifies the type of generation number version to use when writing
or reading the commit-graph file. If version 1 is specified, then
the corrected commit dates will not be written or read. Defaults to
2.

commitGraph.maxNewFilters

Specifies the default value for the --max-new-filters option of git
commit-graph write
(c.f., git-commit-graph[1]).

commitGraph.readChangedPaths

If true, then git will use the changed-path Bloom filters in the
commit-graph file (if it exists, and they are present). Defaults to
true. See git-commit-graph[1] for more information.

credential.helper

Specify an external helper to be called when a username or
password credential is needed; the helper may consult external
storage to avoid prompting the user for the credentials. This is
normally the name of a credential helper with possible
arguments, but may also be an absolute path with arguments or, if
preceded by !, shell commands.

Note that multiple helpers may be defined. See gitcredentials[7]
for details and examples.

credential.useHttpPath

When acquiring credentials, consider the «path» component of an http
or https URL to be important. Defaults to false. See
gitcredentials[7] for more information.

credential.username

If no username is set for a network authentication, use this username
by default. See credential.<context>.* below, and
gitcredentials[7].

credential.<url>.*

Any of the credential.* options above can be applied selectively to
some credentials. For example «credential.https://example.com.username»
would set the default username only for https connections to
example.com. See gitcredentials[7] for details on how URLs are
matched.

credentialCache.ignoreSIGHUP

Tell git-credential-cache—​daemon to ignore SIGHUP, instead of quitting.

credentialStore.lockTimeoutMS

The length of time, in milliseconds, for git-credential-store to retry
when trying to lock the credentials file. Value 0 means not to retry at
all; -1 means to try indefinitely. Default is 1000 (i.e., retry for
1s).

completion.commands

This is only used by git-completion.bash to add or remove
commands from the list of completed commands. Normally only
porcelain commands and a few select others are completed. You
can add more commands, separated by space, in this
variable. Prefixing the command with will remove it from
the existing list.

diff.autoRefreshIndex

When using git diff to compare with work tree
files, do not consider stat-only change as changed.
Instead, silently run git update-index --refresh to
update the cached stat information for paths whose
contents in the work tree match the contents in the
index. This option defaults to true. Note that this
affects only git diff Porcelain, and not lower level
diff commands such as git diff-files.

diff.dirstat

A comma separated list of --dirstat parameters specifying the
default behavior of the --dirstat option to git-diff[1]
and friends. The defaults can be overridden on the command line
(using --dirstat=<param1,param2,...>). The fallback defaults
(when not changed by diff.dirstat) are changes,noncumulative,3.
The following parameters are available:

changes

Compute the dirstat numbers by counting the lines that have been
removed from the source, or added to the destination. This ignores
the amount of pure code movements within a file. In other words,
rearranging lines in a file is not counted as much as other changes.
This is the default behavior when no parameter is given.

lines

Compute the dirstat numbers by doing the regular line-based diff
analysis, and summing the removed/added line counts. (For binary
files, count 64-byte chunks instead, since binary files have no
natural concept of lines). This is a more expensive --dirstat
behavior than the changes behavior, but it does count rearranged
lines within a file as much as other changes. The resulting output
is consistent with what you get from the other --*stat options.

files

Compute the dirstat numbers by counting the number of files changed.
Each changed file counts equally in the dirstat analysis. This is
the computationally cheapest --dirstat behavior, since it does
not have to look at the file contents at all.

cumulative

Count changes in a child directory for the parent directory as well.
Note that when using cumulative, the sum of the percentages
reported may exceed 100%. The default (non-cumulative) behavior can
be specified with the noncumulative parameter.

<limit>

An integer parameter specifies a cut-off percent (3% by default).
Directories contributing less than this percentage of the changes
are not shown in the output.

Example: The following will count changed files, while ignoring
directories with less than 10% of the total amount of changed files,
and accumulating child directory counts in the parent directories:
files,10,cumulative.

diff.statGraphWidth

Limit the width of the graph part in —stat output. If set, applies
to all commands generating —stat output except format-patch.

diff.context

Generate diffs with <n> lines of context instead of the default
of 3. This value is overridden by the -U option.

diff.interHunkContext

Show the context between diff hunks, up to the specified number
of lines, thereby fusing the hunks that are close to each other.
This value serves as the default for the --inter-hunk-context
command line option.

diff.external

If this config variable is set, diff generation is not
performed using the internal diff machinery, but using the
given command. Can be overridden with the ‘GIT_EXTERNAL_DIFF’
environment variable. The command is called with parameters
as described under «git Diffs» in git[1]. Note: if
you want to use an external diff program only on a subset of
your files, you might want to use gitattributes[5] instead.

diff.ignoreSubmodules

Sets the default value of —ignore-submodules. Note that this
affects only git diff Porcelain, and not lower level diff
commands such as git diff-files. git checkout
and git switch also honor
this setting when reporting uncommitted changes. Setting it to
all disables the submodule summary normally shown by git commit
and git status when status.submoduleSummary is set unless it is
overridden by using the —ignore-submodules command-line option.
The git submodule commands are not affected by this setting.
By default this is set to untracked so that any untracked
submodules are ignored.

diff.mnemonicPrefix

If set, git diff uses a prefix pair that is different from the
standard «a/» and «b/» depending on what is being compared. When
this configuration is in effect, reverse diff output also swaps
the order of the prefixes:

git diff

compares the (i)ndex and the (w)ork tree;

git diff HEAD

compares a (c)ommit and the (w)ork tree;

git diff --cached

compares a (c)ommit and the (i)ndex;

git diff HEAD:file1 file2

compares an (o)bject and a (w)ork tree entity;

git diff --no-index a b

compares two non-git things (1) and (2).

diff.noprefix

If set, git diff does not show any source or destination prefix.

diff.relative

If set to true, git diff does not show changes outside of the directory
and show pathnames relative to the current directory.

diff.orderFile

File indicating how to order files within a diff.
See the -O option to git-diff[1] for details.
If diff.orderFile is a relative pathname, it is treated as
relative to the top of the working tree.

diff.renameLimit

The number of files to consider in the exhaustive portion of
copy/rename detection; equivalent to the git diff option
-l. If not set, the default value is currently 1000. This
setting has no effect if rename detection is turned off.

diff.renames

Whether and how Git detects renames. If set to «false»,
rename detection is disabled. If set to «true», basic rename
detection is enabled. If set to «copies» or «copy», Git will
detect copies, as well. Defaults to true. Note that this
affects only git diff Porcelain like git-diff[1] and
git-log[1], and not lower level commands such as
git-diff-files[1].

diff.suppressBlankEmpty

A boolean to inhibit the standard behavior of printing a space
before each empty output line. Defaults to false.

diff.submodule

Specify the format in which differences in submodules are
shown. The «short» format just shows the names of the commits
at the beginning and end of the range. The «log» format lists
the commits in the range like git-submodule[1] summary
does. The «diff» format shows an inline diff of the changed
contents of the submodule. Defaults to «short».

diff.wordRegex

A POSIX Extended Regular Expression used to determine what is a «word»
when performing word-by-word difference calculations. Character
sequences that match the regular expression are «words», all other
characters are ignorable whitespace.

diff.<driver>.command

The custom diff driver command. See gitattributes[5]
for details.

diff.<driver>.xfuncname

The regular expression that the diff driver should use to
recognize the hunk header. A built-in pattern may also be used.
See gitattributes[5] for details.

diff.<driver>.binary

Set this option to true to make the diff driver treat files as
binary. See gitattributes[5] for details.

diff.<driver>.textconv

The command that the diff driver should call to generate the
text-converted version of a file. The result of the
conversion is used to generate a human-readable diff. See
gitattributes[5] for details.

diff.<driver>.wordRegex

The regular expression that the diff driver should use to
split words in a line. See gitattributes[5] for
details.

diff.<driver>.cachetextconv

Set this option to true to make the diff driver cache the text
conversion outputs. See gitattributes[5] for details.

  • araxis

  • bc

  • codecompare

  • deltawalker

  • diffmerge

  • diffuse

  • ecmerge

  • emerge

  • examdiff

  • guiffy

  • gvimdiff

  • kdiff3

  • kompare

  • meld

  • nvimdiff

  • opendiff

  • p4merge

  • smerge

  • tkdiff

  • vimdiff

  • winmerge

  • xxdiff

diff.indentHeuristic

Set this option to false to disable the default heuristics
that shift diff hunk boundaries to make patches easier to read.

diff.algorithm

Choose a diff algorithm. The variants are as follows:

default, myers

The basic greedy diff algorithm. Currently, this is the default.

minimal

Spend extra time to make sure the smallest possible diff is
produced.

patience

Use «patience diff» algorithm when generating patches.

histogram

This algorithm extends the patience algorithm to «support
low-occurrence common elements».

diff.wsErrorHighlight

Highlight whitespace errors in the context, old or new
lines of the diff. Multiple values are separated by comma,
none resets previous values, default reset the list to
new and all is a shorthand for old,new,context. The
whitespace errors are colored with color.diff.whitespace.
The command line option --ws-error-highlight=<kind>
overrides this setting.

diff.colorMoved

If set to either a valid <mode> or a true value, moved lines
in a diff are colored differently, for details of valid modes
see —color-moved in git-diff[1]. If simply set to
true the default color mode will be used. When set to false,
moved lines are not colored.

diff.colorMovedWS

When moved lines are colored using e.g. the diff.colorMoved setting,
this option controls the <mode> how spaces are treated
for details of valid modes see —color-moved-ws in git-diff[1].

diff.tool

Controls which diff tool is used by git-difftool[1].
This variable overrides the value configured in merge.tool.
The list below shows the valid built-in values.
Any other value is treated as a custom diff tool and requires
that a corresponding difftool.<tool>.cmd variable is defined.

diff.guitool

Controls which diff tool is used by git-difftool[1] when
the -g/—gui flag is specified. This variable overrides the value
configured in merge.guitool. The list below shows the valid
built-in values. Any other value is treated as a custom diff tool
and requires that a corresponding difftool.<guitool>.cmd variable
is defined.

difftool.<tool>.cmd

Specify the command to invoke the specified diff tool.
The specified command is evaluated in shell with the following
variables available: LOCAL is set to the name of the temporary
file containing the contents of the diff pre-image and REMOTE
is set to the name of the temporary file containing the contents
of the diff post-image.

See the --tool=<tool> option in git-difftool[1] for more details.

difftool.<tool>.path

Override the path for the given tool. This is useful in case
your tool is not in the PATH.

difftool.trustExitCode

Exit difftool if the invoked diff tool returns a non-zero exit status.

See the --trust-exit-code option in git-difftool[1] for more details.

difftool.prompt

Prompt before each invocation of the diff tool.

extensions.objectFormat

Specify the hash algorithm to use. The acceptable values are sha1 and
sha256. If not specified, sha1 is assumed. It is an error to specify
this key unless core.repositoryFormatVersion is 1.

Note that this setting should only be set by git-init[1] or
git-clone[1]. Trying to change it after initialization will not
work and will produce hard-to-diagnose issues.

extensions.worktreeConfig

If enabled, then worktrees will load config settings from the
$GIT_DIR/config.worktree file in addition to the
$GIT_COMMON_DIR/config file. Note that $GIT_COMMON_DIR and
$GIT_DIR are the same for the main working tree, while other
working trees have $GIT_DIR equal to
$GIT_COMMON_DIR/worktrees/<id>/. The settings in the
config.worktree file will override settings from any other
config files.

When enabling extensions.worktreeConfig, you must be careful to move
certain values from the common config file to the main working tree’s
config.worktree file, if present:

  • core.worktree must be moved from $GIT_COMMON_DIR/config to
    $GIT_COMMON_DIR/config.worktree.

  • If core.bare is true, then it must be moved from $GIT_COMMON_DIR/config
    to $GIT_COMMON_DIR/config.worktree.

    It may also be beneficial to adjust the locations of core.sparseCheckout
    and core.sparseCheckoutCone depending on your desire for customizable
    sparse-checkout settings for each worktree. By default, the git
    sparse-checkout
    builtin enables extensions.worktreeConfig, assigns
    these config values on a per-worktree basis, and uses the
    $GIT_DIR/info/sparse-checkout file to specify the sparsity for each
    worktree independently. See git-sparse-checkout[1] for more
    details.

    For historical reasons, extensions.worktreeConfig is respected
    regardless of the core.repositoryFormatVersion setting.

fastimport.unpackLimit

If the number of objects imported by git-fast-import[1]
is below this limit, then the objects will be unpacked into
loose object files. However if the number of imported objects
equals or exceeds this limit then the pack will be stored as a
pack. Storing the pack from a fast-import can make the import
operation complete faster, especially on slow filesystems. If
not set, the value of transfer.unpackLimit is used instead.

feature.*

The config settings that start with feature. modify the defaults of
a group of other config settings. These groups are created by the Git
developer community as recommended defaults and are subject to change.
In particular, new config options may be added with different defaults.

feature.experimental

Enable config options that are new to Git, and are being considered for
future defaults. Config settings included here may be added or removed
with each release, including minor version updates. These settings may
have unintended interactions since they are so new. Please enable this
setting if you are interested in providing feedback on experimental
features. The new default values are:

  • fetch.negotiationAlgorithm=skipping may improve fetch negotiation times by
    skipping more commits at a time, reducing the number of round trips.

  • gc.cruftPacks=true reduces disk space used by unreachable objects during
    garbage collection, preventing loose object explosions.

feature.manyFiles

Enable config options that optimize for repos with many files in the
working directory. With many files, commands such as git status and
git checkout may be slow and these new defaults improve performance:

  • index.skipHash=true speeds up index writes by not computing a trailing
    checksum. Note that this will cause Git versions earlier than 2.13.0 to
    refuse to parse the index and Git versions earlier than 2.40.0 will report
    a corrupted index during git fsck.

  • index.version=4 enables path-prefix compression in the index.

  • core.untrackedCache=true enables the untracked cache. This setting assumes
    that mtime is working on your machine.

fetch.recurseSubmodules

This option controls whether git fetch (and the underlying fetch
in git pull) will recursively fetch into populated submodules.
This option can be set either to a boolean value or to on-demand.
Setting it to a boolean changes the behavior of fetch and pull to
recurse unconditionally into submodules when set to true or to not
recurse at all when set to false. When set to on-demand, fetch and
pull will only recurse into a populated submodule when its
superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule’s
reference.
Defaults to on-demand, or to the value of submodule.recurse if set.

fetch.fsckObjects

If it is set to true, git-fetch-pack will check all fetched
objects. See transfer.fsckObjects for what’s
checked. Defaults to false. If not set, the value of
transfer.fsckObjects is used instead.

fetch.fsck.<msg-id>

Acts like fsck.<msg-id>, but is used by
git-fetch-pack[1] instead of git-fsck[1]. See
the fsck.<msg-id> documentation for details.

fetch.fsck.skipList

Acts like fsck.skipList, but is used by
git-fetch-pack[1] instead of git-fsck[1]. See
the fsck.skipList documentation for details.

fetch.unpackLimit

If the number of objects fetched over the Git native
transfer is below this
limit, then the objects will be unpacked into loose object
files. However if the number of received objects equals or
exceeds this limit then the received pack will be stored as
a pack, after adding any missing delta bases. Storing the
pack from a push can make the push operation complete faster,
especially on slow filesystems. If not set, the value of
transfer.unpackLimit is used instead.

fetch.prune

If true, fetch will automatically behave as if the --prune
option was given on the command line. See also remote.<name>.prune
and the PRUNING section of git-fetch[1].

fetch.pruneTags

If true, fetch will automatically behave as if the
refs/tags/*:refs/tags/* refspec was provided when pruning,
if not set already. This allows for setting both this option
and fetch.prune to maintain a 1=1 mapping to upstream
refs. See also remote.<name>.pruneTags and the PRUNING
section of git-fetch[1].

fetch.output

Control how ref update status is printed. Valid values are
full and compact. Default value is full. See section
OUTPUT in git-fetch[1] for detail.

fetch.negotiationAlgorithm

Control how information about the commits in the local repository
is sent when negotiating the contents of the packfile to be sent by
the server. Set to «consecutive» to use an algorithm that walks
over consecutive commits checking each one. Set to «skipping» to
use an algorithm that skips commits in an effort to converge
faster, but may result in a larger-than-necessary packfile; or set
to «noop» to not send any information at all, which will almost
certainly result in a larger-than-necessary packfile, but will skip
the negotiation step. Set to «default» to override settings made
previously and use the default behaviour. The default is normally
«consecutive», but if feature.experimental is true, then the
default is «skipping». Unknown values will cause git fetch to
error out.

See also the --negotiate-only and --negotiation-tip options to
git-fetch[1].

fetch.showForcedUpdates

Set to false to enable --no-show-forced-updates in
git-fetch[1] and git-pull[1] commands.
Defaults to true.

fetch.parallel

Specifies the maximal number of fetch operations to be run in parallel
at a time (submodules, or remotes when the --multiple option of
git-fetch[1] is in effect).

A value of 0 will give some reasonable default. If unset, it defaults to 1.

For submodules, this setting can be overridden using the submodule.fetchJobs
config setting.

fetch.writeCommitGraph

Set to true to write a commit-graph after every git fetch command
that downloads a pack-file from a remote. Using the --split option,
most executions will create a very small commit-graph file on top of
the existing commit-graph file(s). Occasionally, these files will
merge and the write may take longer. Having an updated commit-graph
file helps performance of many Git commands, including git merge-base,
git push -f, and git log --graph. Defaults to false.

fetch.bundleURI

This value stores a URI for downloading Git object data from a bundle
URI before performing an incremental fetch from the origin Git server.
This is similar to how the --bundle-uri option behaves in
git-clone[1]. git clone --bundle-uri will set the
fetch.bundleURI value if the supplied bundle URI contains a bundle
list that is organized for incremental fetches.

If you modify this value and your repository has a fetch.bundleCreationToken
value, then remove that fetch.bundleCreationToken value before fetching from
the new bundle URI.

fetch.bundleCreationToken

When using fetch.bundleURI to fetch incrementally from a bundle
list that uses the «creationToken» heuristic, this config value
stores the maximum creationToken value of the downloaded bundles.
This value is used to prevent downloading bundles in the future
if the advertised creationToken is not strictly larger than this
value.

The creation token values are chosen by the provider serving the specific
bundle URI. If you modify the URI at fetch.bundleURI, then be sure to
remove the value for the fetch.bundleCreationToken value before fetching.

format.attach

Enable multipart/mixed attachments as the default for
format-patch. The value can also be a double quoted string
which will enable attachments as the default and set the
value as the boundary. See the —attach option in
git-format-patch[1]. To countermand an earlier
value, set it to an empty string.

format.from

Provides the default value for the --from option to format-patch.
Accepts a boolean value, or a name and email address. If false,
format-patch defaults to --no-from, using commit authors directly in
the «From:» field of patch mails. If true, format-patch defaults to
--from, using your committer identity in the «From:» field of patch
mails and including a «From:» field in the body of the patch mail if
different. If set to a non-boolean value, format-patch uses that
value instead of your committer identity. Defaults to false.

format.forceInBodyFrom

Provides the default value for the --[no-]force-in-body-from
option to format-patch. Defaults to false.

format.numbered

A boolean which can enable or disable sequence numbers in patch
subjects. It defaults to «auto» which enables it only if there
is more than one patch. It can be enabled or disabled for all
messages by setting it to «true» or «false». See —numbered
option in git-format-patch[1].

Additional email headers to include in a patch to be submitted
by mail. See git-format-patch[1].

format.to
format.cc

Additional recipients to include in a patch to be submitted
by mail. See the —to and —cc options in
git-format-patch[1].

format.subjectPrefix

The default for format-patch is to output files with the [PATCH]
subject prefix. Use this variable to change that prefix.

format.coverFromDescription

The default mode for format-patch to determine which parts of
the cover letter will be populated using the branch’s
description. See the --cover-from-description option in
git-format-patch[1].

format.signature

The default for format-patch is to output a signature containing
the Git version number. Use this variable to change that default.
Set this variable to the empty string («») to suppress
signature generation.

format.signatureFile

Works just like format.signature except the contents of the
file specified by this variable will be used as the signature.

format.suffix

The default for format-patch is to output files with the suffix
.patch. Use this variable to change that suffix (make sure to
include the dot if you want it).

Encode email headers that have non-ASCII characters with
«Q-encoding» (described in RFC 2047) for email transmission.
Defaults to true.

format.pretty

The default pretty format for log/show/whatchanged command,
See git-log[1], git-show[1],
git-whatchanged[1].

format.thread

The default threading style for git format-patch. Can be
a boolean value, or shallow or deep. shallow threading
makes every mail a reply to the head of the series,
where the head is chosen from the cover letter, the
--in-reply-to, and the first patch mail, in this order.
deep threading makes every mail a reply to the previous one.
A true boolean value is the same as shallow, and a false
value disables threading.

format.signOff

A boolean value which lets you enable the -s/--signoff option of
format-patch by default. Note: Adding the Signed-off-by trailer to a
patch should be a conscious act and means that you certify you have
the rights to submit this work under the same open source license.
Please see the SubmittingPatches document for further discussion.

format.coverLetter

A boolean that controls whether to generate a cover-letter when
format-patch is invoked, but in addition can be set to «auto», to
generate a cover-letter only when there’s more than one patch.
Default is false.

format.outputDirectory

Set a custom directory to store the resulting files instead of the
current working directory. All directory components will be created.

format.filenameMaxLength

The maximum length of the output filenames generated by the
format-patch command; defaults to 64. Can be overridden
by the --filename-max-length=<n> command line option.

format.useAutoBase

A boolean value which lets you enable the --base=auto option of
format-patch by default. Can also be set to «whenAble» to allow
enabling --base=auto if a suitable base is available, but to skip
adding base info otherwise without the format dying.

format.notes

Provides the default value for the --notes option to
format-patch. Accepts a boolean value, or a ref which specifies
where to get notes. If false, format-patch defaults to
--no-notes. If true, format-patch defaults to --notes. If
set to a non-boolean value, format-patch defaults to
--notes=<ref>, where ref is the non-boolean value. Defaults
to false.

If one wishes to use the ref ref/notes/true, please use that literal
instead.

This configuration can be specified multiple times in order to allow
multiple notes refs to be included. In that case, it will behave
similarly to multiple --[no-]notes[=] options passed in. That is, a
value of true will show the default notes, a value of <ref> will
also show notes from that notes ref and a value of false will negate
previous configurations and not show notes.

For example,

[format]
	notes = true
	notes = foo
	notes = false
	notes = bar

will only show notes from refs/notes/bar.

format.mboxrd

A boolean value which enables the robust «mboxrd» format when
--stdout is in use to escape «^>+From » lines.

filter.<driver>.clean

The command which is used to convert the content of a worktree
file to a blob upon checkin. See gitattributes[5] for
details.

filter.<driver>.smudge

The command which is used to convert the content of a blob
object to a worktree file upon checkout. See
gitattributes[5] for details.

fsck.<msg-id>

During fsck git may find issues with legacy data which
wouldn’t be generated by current versions of git, and which
wouldn’t be sent over the wire if transfer.fsckObjects was
set. This feature is intended to support working with legacy
repositories containing such data.

Setting fsck.<msg-id> will be picked up by git-fsck[1], but
to accept pushes of such data set receive.fsck.<msg-id> instead, or
to clone or fetch it set fetch.fsck.<msg-id>.

The rest of the documentation discusses fsck.* for brevity, but the
same applies for the corresponding receive.fsck.* and
fetch.<msg-id>.*. variables.

Unlike variables like color.ui and core.editor the
receive.fsck.<msg-id> and fetch.fsck.<msg-id> variables will not
fall back on the fsck.<msg-id> configuration if they aren’t set. To
uniformly configure the same fsck settings in different circumstances
all three of them they must all set to the same values.

When fsck.<msg-id> is set, errors can be switched to warnings and
vice versa by configuring the fsck.<msg-id> setting where the
<msg-id> is the fsck message ID and the value is one of error,
warn or ignore. For convenience, fsck prefixes the error/warning
with the message ID, e.g. «missingEmail: invalid author/committer
line — missing email» means that setting fsck.missingEmail = ignore
will hide that issue.

In general, it is better to enumerate existing objects with problems
with fsck.skipList, instead of listing the kind of breakages these
problematic objects share to be ignored, as doing the latter will
allow new instances of the same breakages go unnoticed.

Setting an unknown fsck.<msg-id> value will cause fsck to die, but
doing the same for receive.fsck.<msg-id> and fetch.fsck.<msg-id>
will only cause git to warn.

See Fsck Messages section of git-fsck[1] for supported
values of <msg-id>.

fsck.skipList

The path to a list of object names (i.e. one unabbreviated SHA-1 per
line) that are known to be broken in a non-fatal way and should
be ignored. On versions of Git 2.20 and later comments (#), empty
lines, and any leading and trailing whitespace is ignored. Everything
but a SHA-1 per line will error out on older versions.

This feature is useful when an established project should be accepted
despite early commits containing errors that can be safely ignored
such as invalid committer email addresses. Note: corrupt objects
cannot be skipped with this setting.

Like fsck.<msg-id> this variable has corresponding
receive.fsck.skipList and fetch.fsck.skipList variants.

Unlike variables like color.ui and core.editor the
receive.fsck.skipList and fetch.fsck.skipList variables will not
fall back on the fsck.skipList configuration if they aren’t set. To
uniformly configure the same fsck settings in different circumstances
all three of them they must all set to the same values.

Older versions of Git (before 2.20) documented that the object names
list should be sorted. This was never a requirement, the object names
could appear in any order, but when reading the list we tracked whether
the list was sorted for the purposes of an internal binary search
implementation, which could save itself some work with an already sorted
list. Unless you had a humongous list there was no reason to go out of
your way to pre-sort the list. After Git version 2.20 a hash implementation
is used instead, so there’s now no reason to pre-sort the list.

fsmonitor.allowRemote

By default, the fsmonitor daemon refuses to work against network-mounted
repositories. Setting fsmonitor.allowRemote to true overrides this
behavior. Only respected when core.fsmonitor is set to true.

fsmonitor.socketDir

This Mac OS-specific option, if set, specifies the directory in
which to create the Unix domain socket used for communication
between the fsmonitor daemon and various Git commands. The directory must
reside on a native Mac OS filesystem. Only respected when core.fsmonitor
is set to true.

gc.aggressiveDepth

The depth parameter used in the delta compression
algorithm used by git gc —aggressive. This defaults
to 50, which is the default for the --depth option when
--aggressive isn’t in use.

See the documentation for the --depth option in
git-repack[1] for more details.

gc.aggressiveWindow

The window size parameter used in the delta compression
algorithm used by git gc —aggressive. This defaults
to 250, which is a much more aggressive window size than
the default --window of 10.

See the documentation for the --window option in
git-repack[1] for more details.

gc.auto

When there are approximately more than this many loose
objects in the repository, git gc --auto will pack them.
Some Porcelain commands use this command to perform a
light-weight garbage collection from time to time. The
default value is 6700.

Setting this to 0 disables not only automatic packing based on the
number of loose objects, but any other heuristic git gc --auto will
otherwise use to determine if there’s work to do, such as
gc.autoPackLimit.

gc.autoPackLimit

When there are more than this many packs that are not
marked with *.keep file in the repository, git gc
--auto
consolidates them into one larger pack. The
default value is 50. Setting this to 0 disables it.
Setting gc.auto to 0 will also disable this.

See the gc.bigPackThreshold configuration variable below. When in
use, it’ll affect how the auto pack limit works.

gc.autoDetach

Make git gc --auto return immediately and run in background
if the system supports it. Default is true.

gc.bigPackThreshold

If non-zero, all packs larger than this limit are kept when
git gc is run. This is very similar to --keep-largest-pack
except that all packs that meet the threshold are kept, not
just the largest pack. Defaults to zero. Common unit suffixes of
k, m, or g are supported.

Note that if the number of kept packs is more than gc.autoPackLimit,
this configuration variable is ignored, all packs except the base pack
will be repacked. After this the number of packs should go below
gc.autoPackLimit and gc.bigPackThreshold should be respected again.

If the amount of memory estimated for git repack to run smoothly is
not available and gc.bigPackThreshold is not set, the largest pack
will also be excluded (this is the equivalent of running git gc with
--keep-largest-pack).

gc.writeCommitGraph

If true, then gc will rewrite the commit-graph file when
git-gc[1] is run. When using git gc --auto
the commit-graph will be updated if housekeeping is
required. Default is true. See git-commit-graph[1]
for details.

gc.logExpiry

If the file gc.log exists, then git gc --auto will print
its content and exit with status zero instead of running
unless that file is more than gc.logExpiry old. Default is
«1.day». See gc.pruneExpire for more ways to specify its
value.

gc.packRefs

Running git pack-refs in a repository renders it
unclonable by Git versions prior to 1.5.1.2 over dumb
transports such as HTTP. This variable determines whether
git gc runs git pack-refs. This can be set to notbare
to enable it within all non-bare repos or it can be set to a
boolean value. The default is true.

gc.cruftPacks

Store unreachable objects in a cruft pack (see
git-repack[1]) instead of as loose objects. The default
is false.

gc.pruneExpire

When git gc is run, it will call prune —expire 2.weeks.ago
(and repack —cruft —cruft-expiration 2.weeks.ago if using
cruft packs via gc.cruftPacks or --cruft). Override the
grace period with this config variable. The value «now» may be
used to disable this grace period and always prune unreachable
objects immediately, or «never» may be used to suppress pruning.
This feature helps prevent corruption when git gc runs
concurrently with another process writing to the repository; see
the «NOTES» section of git-gc[1].

gc.worktreePruneExpire

When git gc is run, it calls
git worktree prune —expire 3.months.ago.
This config variable can be used to set a different grace
period. The value «now» may be used to disable the grace
period and prune $GIT_DIR/worktrees immediately, or «never»
may be used to suppress pruning.

gc.reflogExpire
gc.<pattern>.reflogExpire

git reflog expire removes reflog entries older than
this time; defaults to 90 days. The value «now» expires all
entries immediately, and «never» suppresses expiration
altogether. With «<pattern>» (e.g.
«refs/stash») in the middle the setting applies only to
the refs that match the <pattern>.

gc.reflogExpireUnreachable
gc.<pattern>.reflogExpireUnreachable

git reflog expire removes reflog entries older than
this time and are not reachable from the current tip;
defaults to 30 days. The value «now» expires all entries
immediately, and «never» suppresses expiration altogether.
With «<pattern>» (e.g. «refs/stash»)
in the middle, the setting applies only to the refs that
match the <pattern>.

These types of entries are generally created as a result of using git
commit --amend
or git rebase and are the commits prior to the amend
or rebase occurring. Since these changes are not part of the current
project most users will want to expire them sooner, which is why the
default is more aggressive than gc.reflogExpire.

gc.rerereResolved

Records of conflicted merge you resolved earlier are
kept for this many days when git rerere gc is run.
You can also use more human-readable «1.month.ago», etc.
The default is 60 days. See git-rerere[1].

gc.rerereUnresolved

Records of conflicted merge you have not resolved are
kept for this many days when git rerere gc is run.
You can also use more human-readable «1.month.ago», etc.
The default is 15 days. See git-rerere[1].

gitcvs.commitMsgAnnotation

Append this string to each commit message. Set to empty string
to disable this feature. Defaults to «via git-CVS emulator».

gitcvs.enabled

Whether the CVS server interface is enabled for this repository.
See git-cvsserver[1].

gitcvs.logFile

Path to a log file where the CVS server interface well…​ logs
various stuff. See git-cvsserver[1].

gitcvs.usecrlfattr

If true, the server will look up the end-of-line conversion
attributes for files to determine the -k modes to use. If
the attributes force Git to treat a file as text,
the -k mode will be left blank so CVS clients will
treat it as text. If they suppress text conversion, the file
will be set with -kb mode, which suppresses any newline munging
the client might otherwise do. If the attributes do not allow
the file type to be determined, then gitcvs.allBinary is
used. See gitattributes[5].

gitcvs.allBinary

This is used if gitcvs.usecrlfattr does not resolve
the correct -kb mode to use. If true, all
unresolved files are sent to the client in
mode -kb. This causes the client to treat them
as binary files, which suppresses any newline munging it
otherwise might do. Alternatively, if it is set to «guess»,
then the contents of the file are examined to decide if
it is binary, similar to core.autocrlf.

gitcvs.dbName

Database used by git-cvsserver to cache revision information
derived from the Git repository. The exact meaning depends on the
used database driver, for SQLite (which is the default driver) this
is a filename. Supports variable substitution (see
git-cvsserver[1] for details). May not contain semicolons (;).
Default: %Ggitcvs.%m.sqlite

gitcvs.dbDriver

Used Perl DBI driver. You can specify any available driver
for this here, but it might not work. git-cvsserver is tested
with DBD::SQLite, reported to work with DBD::Pg, and
reported not to work with DBD::mysql. Experimental feature.
May not contain double colons (:). Default: SQLite.
See git-cvsserver[1].

gitcvs.dbUser, gitcvs.dbPass

Database user and password. Only useful if setting gitcvs.dbDriver,
since SQLite has no concept of database users and/or passwords.
gitcvs.dbUser supports variable substitution (see
git-cvsserver[1] for details).

gitcvs.dbTableNamePrefix

Database table name prefix. Prepended to the names of any
database tables used, allowing a single database to be used
for several repositories. Supports variable substitution (see
git-cvsserver[1] for details). Any non-alphabetic
characters will be replaced with underscores.

All gitcvs variables except for gitcvs.usecrlfattr and
gitcvs.allBinary can also be specified as
gitcvs.<access_method>.<varname> (where access_method
is one of «ext» and «pserver») to make them apply only for the given
access method.

gitweb.category
gitweb.description
gitweb.owner
gitweb.url

See gitweb[1] for description.

gitweb.avatar
gitweb.blame
gitweb.grep
gitweb.highlight
gitweb.patches
gitweb.pickaxe
gitweb.remote_heads
gitweb.showSizes
gitweb.snapshot

See gitweb.conf[5] for description.

grep.lineNumber

If set to true, enable -n option by default.

grep.column

If set to true, enable the --column option by default.

grep.patternType

Set the default matching behavior. Using a value of basic, extended,
fixed, or perl will enable the --basic-regexp, --extended-regexp,
--fixed-strings, or --perl-regexp option accordingly, while the
value default will use the grep.extendedRegexp option to choose
between basic and extended.

grep.extendedRegexp

If set to true, enable --extended-regexp option by default. This
option is ignored when the grep.patternType option is set to a value
other than default.

grep.threads

Number of grep worker threads to use. If unset (or set to 0), Git will
use as many threads as the number of logical cores available.

grep.fullName

If set to true, enable --full-name option by default.

grep.fallbackToNoIndex

If set to true, fall back to git grep —no-index if git grep
is executed outside of a git repository. Defaults to false.

gpg.program

Use this custom program instead of «gpg» found on $PATH when
making or verifying a PGP signature. The program must support the
same command-line interface as GPG, namely, to verify a detached
signature, «gpg --verify $signature - <$file» is run, and the
program is expected to signal a good signature by exiting with
code 0, and to generate an ASCII-armored detached signature, the
standard input of «gpg -bsau $key» is fed with the contents to be
signed, and the program is expected to send the result to its
standard output.

gpg.format

Specifies which key format to use when signing with --gpg-sign.
Default is «openpgp». Other possible values are «x509», «ssh».

See gitformat-signature[5] for the signature format, which differs
based on the selected gpg.format.

gpg.<format>.program

Use this to customize the program used for the signing format you
chose. (see gpg.program and gpg.format) gpg.program can still
be used as a legacy synonym for gpg.openpgp.program. The default
value for gpg.x509.program is «gpgsm» and gpg.ssh.program is «ssh-keygen».

gpg.minTrustLevel

Specifies a minimum trust level for signature verification. If
this option is unset, then signature verification for merge
operations require a key with at least marginal trust. Other
operations that perform signature verification require a key
with at least undefined trust. Setting this option overrides
the required trust-level for all operations. Supported values,
in increasing order of significance:

  • undefined

  • never

  • marginal

  • fully

  • ultimate

gpg.ssh.defaultKeyCommand

This command that will be run when user.signingkey is not set and a ssh
signature is requested. On successful exit a valid ssh public key
prefixed with key:: is expected in the first line of its output.
This allows for a script doing a dynamic lookup of the correct public
key when it is impractical to statically configure user.signingKey.
For example when keys or SSH Certificates are rotated frequently or
selection of the right key depends on external factors unknown to git.

gpg.ssh.allowedSignersFile

A file containing ssh public keys which you are willing to trust.
The file consists of one or more lines of principals followed by an ssh
public key.
e.g.: user1@example.com,user2@example.com ssh-rsa AAAAX1...
See ssh-keygen(1) «ALLOWED SIGNERS» for details.
The principal is only used to identify the key and is available when
verifying a signature.

SSH has no concept of trust levels like gpg does. To be able to differentiate
between valid signatures and trusted signatures the trust level of a signature
verification is set to fully when the public key is present in the allowedSignersFile.
Otherwise the trust level is undefined and git verify-commit/tag will fail.

This file can be set to a location outside of the repository and every developer
maintains their own trust store. A central repository server could generate this
file automatically from ssh keys with push access to verify the code against.
In a corporate setting this file is probably generated at a global location
from automation that already handles developer ssh keys.

A repository that only allows signed commits can store the file
in the repository itself using a path relative to the top-level of the working tree.
This way only committers with an already valid key can add or change keys in the keyring.

Since OpensSSH 8.8 this file allows specifying a key lifetime using valid-after &
valid-before options. Git will mark signatures as valid if the signing key was
valid at the time of the signature’s creation. This allows users to change a
signing key without invalidating all previously made signatures.

Using a SSH CA key with the cert-authority option
(see ssh-keygen(1) «CERTIFICATES») is also valid.

gpg.ssh.revocationFile

Either a SSH KRL or a list of revoked public keys (without the principal prefix).
See ssh-keygen(1) for details.
If a public key is found in this file then it will always be treated
as having trust level «never» and signatures will show as invalid.

gui.commitMsgWidth

Defines how wide the commit message window is in the
git-gui[1]. «75» is the default.

gui.diffContext

Specifies how many context lines should be used in calls to diff
made by the git-gui[1]. The default is «5».

gui.displayUntracked

Determines if git-gui[1] shows untracked files
in the file list. The default is «true».

gui.encoding

Specifies the default character encoding to use for displaying of
file contents in git-gui[1] and gitk[1].
It can be overridden by setting the encoding attribute
for relevant files (see gitattributes[5]).
If this option is not set, the tools default to the
locale encoding.

gui.matchTrackingBranch

Determines if new branches created with git-gui[1] should
default to tracking remote branches with matching names or
not. Default: «false».

gui.newBranchTemplate

Is used as suggested name when creating new branches using the
git-gui[1].

gui.pruneDuringFetch

«true» if git-gui[1] should prune remote-tracking branches when
performing a fetch. The default value is «false».

gui.trustmtime

Determines if git-gui[1] should trust the file modification
timestamp or not. By default the timestamps are not trusted.

gui.spellingDictionary

Specifies the dictionary used for spell checking commit messages in
the git-gui[1]. When set to «none» spell checking is turned
off.

gui.fastCopyBlame

If true, git gui blame uses -C instead of -C -C for original
location detection. It makes blame significantly faster on huge
repositories at the expense of less thorough copy detection.

gui.copyBlameThreshold

Specifies the threshold to use in git gui blame original location
detection, measured in alphanumeric characters. See the
git-blame[1] manual for more information on copy detection.

gui.blamehistoryctx

Specifies the radius of history context in days to show in
gitk[1] for the selected commit, when the Show History
Context
menu item is invoked from git gui blame. If this
variable is set to zero, the whole history is shown.

guitool.<name>.cmd

Specifies the shell command line to execute when the corresponding item
of the git-gui[1] Tools menu is invoked. This option is
mandatory for every tool. The command is executed from the root of
the working directory, and in the environment it receives the name of
the tool as GIT_GUITOOL, the name of the currently selected file as
FILENAME, and the name of the current branch as CUR_BRANCH (if
the head is detached, CUR_BRANCH is empty).

guitool.<name>.needsFile

Run the tool only if a diff is selected in the GUI. It guarantees
that FILENAME is not empty.

guitool.<name>.noConsole

Run the command silently, without creating a window to display its
output.

guitool.<name>.noRescan

Don’t rescan the working directory for changes after the tool
finishes execution.

guitool.<name>.confirm

Show a confirmation dialog before actually running the tool.

guitool.<name>.argPrompt

Request a string argument from the user, and pass it to the tool
through the ARGS environment variable. Since requesting an
argument implies confirmation, the confirm option has no effect
if this is enabled. If the option is set to true, yes, or 1,
the dialog uses a built-in generic prompt; otherwise the exact
value of the variable is used.

guitool.<name>.revPrompt

Request a single valid revision from the user, and set the
REVISION environment variable. In other aspects this option
is similar to argPrompt, and can be used together with it.

guitool.<name>.revUnmerged

Show only unmerged branches in the revPrompt subdialog.
This is useful for tools similar to merge or rebase, but not
for things like checkout or reset.

guitool.<name>.title

Specifies the title to use for the prompt dialog. The default
is the tool name.

guitool.<name>.prompt

Specifies the general prompt string to display at the top of
the dialog, before subsections for argPrompt and revPrompt.
The default value includes the actual command.

help.browser

Specify the browser that will be used to display help in the
web format. See git-help[1].

help.format

Override the default help format used by git-help[1].
Values man, info, web and html are supported. man is
the default. web and html are the same.

help.autoCorrect

If git detects typos and can identify exactly one valid command similar
to the error, git will try to suggest the correct command or even
run the suggestion automatically. Possible config values are:

  • 0 (default): show the suggested command.

  • positive number: run the suggested command after specified
    deciseconds (0.1 sec).

  • «immediate»: run the suggested command immediately.

  • «prompt»: show the suggestion and prompt for confirmation to run
    the command.

  • «never»: don’t run or show any suggested command.

help.htmlPath

Specify the path where the HTML documentation resides. File system paths
and URLs are supported. HTML pages will be prefixed with this path when
help is displayed in the web format. This defaults to the documentation
path of your Git installation.

http.proxy

Override the HTTP proxy, normally configured using the http_proxy,
https_proxy, and all_proxy environment variables (see curl(1)). In
addition to the syntax understood by curl, it is possible to specify a
proxy string with a user name but no password, in which case git will
attempt to acquire one in the same way it does for other credentials. See
gitcredentials[7] for more information. The syntax thus is
[protocol://][user[:password]@]proxyhost[:port]. This can be overridden
on a per-remote basis; see remote.<name>.proxy

http.proxyAuthMethod

Set the method with which to authenticate against the HTTP proxy. This
only takes effect if the configured proxy string contains a user name part
(i.e. is of the form user@host or user@host:port). This can be
overridden on a per-remote basis; see remote.<name>.proxyAuthMethod.
Both can be overridden by the GIT_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHMETHOD environment
variable. Possible values are:

  • anyauth — Automatically pick a suitable authentication method. It is
    assumed that the proxy answers an unauthenticated request with a 407
    status code and one or more Proxy-authenticate headers with supported
    authentication methods. This is the default.

  • basic — HTTP Basic authentication

  • digest — HTTP Digest authentication; this prevents the password from being
    transmitted to the proxy in clear text

  • negotiate — GSS-Negotiate authentication (compare the —negotiate option
    of curl(1))

  • ntlm — NTLM authentication (compare the —ntlm option of curl(1))

http.proxySSLCert

The pathname of a file that stores a client certificate to use to authenticate
with an HTTPS proxy. Can be overridden by the GIT_PROXY_SSL_CERT environment
variable.

http.proxySSLKey

The pathname of a file that stores a private key to use to authenticate with
an HTTPS proxy. Can be overridden by the GIT_PROXY_SSL_KEY environment
variable.

http.proxySSLCertPasswordProtected

Enable Git’s password prompt for the proxy SSL certificate. Otherwise OpenSSL
will prompt the user, possibly many times, if the certificate or private key
is encrypted. Can be overridden by the GIT_PROXY_SSL_CERT_PASSWORD_PROTECTED
environment variable.

http.proxySSLCAInfo

Pathname to the file containing the certificate bundle that should be used to
verify the proxy with when using an HTTPS proxy. Can be overridden by the
GIT_PROXY_SSL_CAINFO environment variable.

http.emptyAuth

Attempt authentication without seeking a username or password. This
can be used to attempt GSS-Negotiate authentication without specifying
a username in the URL, as libcurl normally requires a username for
authentication.

http.delegation

Control GSSAPI credential delegation. The delegation is disabled
by default in libcurl since version 7.21.7. Set parameter to tell
the server what it is allowed to delegate when it comes to user
credentials. Used with GSS/kerberos. Possible values are:

  • none — Don’t allow any delegation.

  • policy — Delegates if and only if the OK-AS-DELEGATE flag is set in the
    Kerberos service ticket, which is a matter of realm policy.

  • always — Unconditionally allow the server to delegate.

Pass an additional HTTP header when communicating with a server. If
more than one such entry exists, all of them are added as extra
headers. To allow overriding the settings inherited from the system
config, an empty value will reset the extra headers to the empty list.

http.cookieFile

The pathname of a file containing previously stored cookie lines,
which should be used
in the Git http session, if they match the server. The file format
of the file to read cookies from should be plain HTTP headers or
the Netscape/Mozilla cookie file format (see curl(1)).
NOTE that the file specified with http.cookieFile is used only as
input unless http.saveCookies is set.

http.saveCookies

If set, store cookies received during requests to the file specified by
http.cookieFile. Has no effect if http.cookieFile is unset.

http.version

Use the specified HTTP protocol version when communicating with a server.
If you want to force the default. The available and default version depend
on libcurl. Currently the possible values of
this option are:

  • HTTP/2

  • HTTP/1.1

http.curloptResolve

Hostname resolution information that will be used first by
libcurl when sending HTTP requests. This information should
be in one of the following formats:

  • [+]HOST:PORT:ADDRESS[,ADDRESS]

  • -HOST:PORT

The first format redirects all requests to the given HOST:PORT
to the provided ADDRESS(s). The second format clears all
previous config values for that HOST:PORT combination. To
allow easy overriding of all the settings inherited from the
system config, an empty value will reset all resolution
information to the empty list.

http.sslVersion

The SSL version to use when negotiating an SSL connection, if you
want to force the default. The available and default version
depend on whether libcurl was built against NSS or OpenSSL and the
particular configuration of the crypto library in use. Internally
this sets the CURLOPT_SSL_VERSION option; see the libcurl
documentation for more details on the format of this option and
for the ssl version supported. Currently the possible values of
this option are:

  • sslv2

  • sslv3

  • tlsv1

  • tlsv1.0

  • tlsv1.1

  • tlsv1.2

  • tlsv1.3

Can be overridden by the GIT_SSL_VERSION environment variable.
To force git to use libcurl’s default ssl version and ignore any
explicit http.sslversion option, set GIT_SSL_VERSION to the
empty string.

http.sslCipherList

A list of SSL ciphers to use when negotiating an SSL connection.
The available ciphers depend on whether libcurl was built against
NSS or OpenSSL and the particular configuration of the crypto
library in use. Internally this sets the CURLOPT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST
option; see the libcurl documentation for more details on the format
of this list.

Can be overridden by the GIT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST environment variable.
To force git to use libcurl’s default cipher list and ignore any
explicit http.sslCipherList option, set GIT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST to the
empty string.

http.sslVerify

Whether to verify the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing
over HTTPS. Defaults to true. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_NO_VERIFY environment variable.

http.sslCert

File containing the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing
over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the GIT_SSL_CERT environment
variable.

http.sslKey

File containing the SSL private key when fetching or pushing
over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the GIT_SSL_KEY environment
variable.

http.sslCertPasswordProtected

Enable Git’s password prompt for the SSL certificate. Otherwise
OpenSSL will prompt the user, possibly many times, if the
certificate or private key is encrypted. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_CERT_PASSWORD_PROTECTED environment variable.

http.sslCAInfo

File containing the certificates to verify the peer with when
fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_CAINFO environment variable.

http.sslCAPath

Path containing files with the CA certificates to verify the peer
with when fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden
by the GIT_SSL_CAPATH environment variable.

http.sslBackend

Name of the SSL backend to use (e.g. «openssl» or «schannel»).
This option is ignored if cURL lacks support for choosing the SSL
backend at runtime.

http.schannelCheckRevoke

Used to enforce or disable certificate revocation checks in cURL
when http.sslBackend is set to «schannel». Defaults to true if
unset. Only necessary to disable this if Git consistently errors
and the message is about checking the revocation status of a
certificate. This option is ignored if cURL lacks support for
setting the relevant SSL option at runtime.

http.schannelUseSSLCAInfo

As of cURL v7.60.0, the Secure Channel backend can use the
certificate bundle provided via http.sslCAInfo, but that would
override the Windows Certificate Store. Since this is not desirable
by default, Git will tell cURL not to use that bundle by default
when the schannel backend was configured via http.sslBackend,
unless http.schannelUseSSLCAInfo overrides this behavior.

http.pinnedPubkey

Public key of the https service. It may either be the filename of
a PEM or DER encoded public key file or a string starting with
sha256// followed by the base64 encoded sha256 hash of the
public key. See also libcurl CURLOPT_PINNEDPUBLICKEY. git will
exit with an error if this option is set but not supported by
cURL.

http.sslTry

Attempt to use AUTH SSL/TLS and encrypted data transfers
when connecting via regular FTP protocol. This might be needed
if the FTP server requires it for security reasons or you wish
to connect securely whenever remote FTP server supports it.
Default is false since it might trigger certificate verification
errors on misconfigured servers.

http.maxRequests

How many HTTP requests to launch in parallel. Can be overridden
by the GIT_HTTP_MAX_REQUESTS environment variable. Default is 5.

http.minSessions

The number of curl sessions (counted across slots) to be kept across
requests. They will not be ended with curl_easy_cleanup() until
http_cleanup() is invoked. If USE_CURL_MULTI is not defined, this
value will be capped at 1. Defaults to 1.

http.postBuffer

Maximum size in bytes of the buffer used by smart HTTP
transports when POSTing data to the remote system.
For requests larger than this buffer size, HTTP/1.1 and
Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used to avoid creating a
massive pack file locally. Default is 1 MiB, which is
sufficient for most requests.

Note that raising this limit is only effective for disabling chunked
transfer encoding and therefore should be used only where the remote
server or a proxy only supports HTTP/1.0 or is noncompliant with the
HTTP standard. Raising this is not, in general, an effective solution
for most push problems, but can increase memory consumption
significantly since the entire buffer is allocated even for small
pushes.

http.lowSpeedLimit, http.lowSpeedTime

If the HTTP transfer speed is less than http.lowSpeedLimit
for longer than http.lowSpeedTime seconds, the transfer is aborted.
Can be overridden by the GIT_HTTP_LOW_SPEED_LIMIT and
GIT_HTTP_LOW_SPEED_TIME environment variables.

http.noEPSV

A boolean which disables using of EPSV ftp command by curl.
This can helpful with some «poor» ftp servers which don’t
support EPSV mode. Can be overridden by the GIT_CURL_FTP_NO_EPSV
environment variable. Default is false (curl will use EPSV).

http.userAgent

The HTTP USER_AGENT string presented to an HTTP server. The default
value represents the version of the client Git such as git/1.7.1.
This option allows you to override this value to a more common value
such as Mozilla/4.0. This may be necessary, for instance, if
connecting through a firewall that restricts HTTP connections to a set
of common USER_AGENT strings (but not including those like git/1.7.1).
Can be overridden by the GIT_HTTP_USER_AGENT environment variable.

http.followRedirects

Whether git should follow HTTP redirects. If set to true, git
will transparently follow any redirect issued by a server it
encounters. If set to false, git will treat all redirects as
errors. If set to initial, git will follow redirects only for
the initial request to a remote, but not for subsequent
follow-up HTTP requests. Since git uses the redirected URL as
the base for the follow-up requests, this is generally
sufficient. The default is initial.

http.<url>.*

Any of the http.* options above can be applied selectively to some URLs.
For a config key to match a URL, each element of the config key is
compared to that of the URL, in the following order:

  1. Scheme (e.g., https in https://example.com/). This field
    must match exactly between the config key and the URL.

  2. Host/domain name (e.g., example.com in https://example.com/).
    This field must match between the config key and the URL. It is
    possible to specify a * as part of the host name to match all subdomains
    at this level. https://*.example.com/ for example would match
    https://foo.example.com/, but not https://foo.bar.example.com/.

  3. Port number (e.g., 8080 in http://example.com:8080/).
    This field must match exactly between the config key and the URL.
    Omitted port numbers are automatically converted to the correct
    default for the scheme before matching.

  4. Path (e.g., repo.git in https://example.com/repo.git). The
    path field of the config key must match the path field of the URL
    either exactly or as a prefix of slash-delimited path elements. This means
    a config key with path foo/ matches URL path foo/bar. A prefix can only
    match on a slash (/) boundary. Longer matches take precedence (so a config
    key with path foo/bar is a better match to URL path foo/bar than a config
    key with just path foo/).

  5. User name (e.g., user in https://user@example.com/repo.git). If
    the config key has a user name it must match the user name in the
    URL exactly. If the config key does not have a user name, that
    config key will match a URL with any user name (including none),
    but at a lower precedence than a config key with a user name.

The list above is ordered by decreasing precedence; a URL that matches
a config key’s path is preferred to one that matches its user name. For example,
if the URL is https://user@example.com/foo/bar a config key match of
https://example.com/foo will be preferred over a config key match of
https://user@example.com.

All URLs are normalized before attempting any matching (the password part,
if embedded in the URL, is always ignored for matching purposes) so that
equivalent URLs that are simply spelled differently will match properly.
Environment variable settings always override any matches. The URLs that are
matched against are those given directly to Git commands. This means any URLs
visited as a result of a redirection do not participate in matching.

i18n.commitEncoding

Character encoding the commit messages are stored in; Git itself
does not care per se, but this information is necessary e.g. when
importing commits from emails or in the gitk graphical history
browser (and possibly at other places in the future or in other
porcelains). See e.g. git-mailinfo[1]. Defaults to utf-8.

i18n.logOutputEncoding

Character encoding the commit messages are converted to when
running git log and friends.

imap.folder

The folder to drop the mails into, which is typically the Drafts
folder. For example: «INBOX.Drafts», «INBOX/Drafts» or
«[Gmail]/Drafts». Required.

imap.tunnel

Command used to setup a tunnel to the IMAP server through which
commands will be piped instead of using a direct network connection
to the server. Required when imap.host is not set.

imap.host

A URL identifying the server. Use an imap:// prefix for non-secure
connections and an imaps:// prefix for secure connections.
Ignored when imap.tunnel is set, but required otherwise.

imap.user

The username to use when logging in to the server.

imap.pass

The password to use when logging in to the server.

imap.port

An integer port number to connect to on the server.
Defaults to 143 for imap:// hosts and 993 for imaps:// hosts.
Ignored when imap.tunnel is set.

imap.sslverify

A boolean to enable/disable verification of the server certificate
used by the SSL/TLS connection. Default is true. Ignored when
imap.tunnel is set.

imap.preformattedHTML

A boolean to enable/disable the use of html encoding when sending
a patch. An html encoded patch will be bracketed with <pre>
and have a content type of text/html. Ironically, enabling this
option causes Thunderbird to send the patch as a plain/text,
format=fixed email. Default is false.

imap.authMethod

Specify authenticate method for authentication with IMAP server.
If Git was built with the NO_CURL option, or if your curl version is older
than 7.34.0, or if you’re running git-imap-send with the --no-curl
option, the only supported method is CRAM-MD5. If this is not set
then git imap-send uses the basic IMAP plaintext LOGIN command.

include.path
includeIf.<condition>.path

Special variables to include other configuration files. See
the «CONFIGURATION FILE» section in the main
git-config[1] documentation,
specifically the «Includes» and «Conditional Includes» subsections.

index.recordEndOfIndexEntries

Specifies whether the index file should include an «End Of Index
Entry» section. This reduces index load time on multiprocessor
machines but produces a message «ignoring EOIE extension» when
reading the index using Git versions before 2.20. Defaults to
true if index.threads has been explicitly enabled, false
otherwise.

index.recordOffsetTable

Specifies whether the index file should include an «Index Entry
Offset Table» section. This reduces index load time on
multiprocessor machines but produces a message «ignoring IEOT
extension» when reading the index using Git versions before 2.20.
Defaults to true if index.threads has been explicitly enabled,
false otherwise.

index.sparse

When enabled, write the index using sparse-directory entries. This
has no effect unless core.sparseCheckout and
core.sparseCheckoutCone are both enabled. Defaults to false.

index.threads

Specifies the number of threads to spawn when loading the index.
This is meant to reduce index load time on multiprocessor machines.
Specifying 0 or true will cause Git to auto-detect the number of
CPU’s and set the number of threads accordingly. Specifying 1 or
false will disable multithreading. Defaults to true.

index.version

Specify the version with which new index files should be
initialized. This does not affect existing repositories.
If feature.manyFiles is enabled, then the default is 4.

index.skipHash

When enabled, do not compute the trailing hash for the index file.
This accelerates Git commands that manipulate the index, such as
git add, git commit, or git status. Instead of storing the
checksum, write a trailing set of bytes with value zero, indicating
that the computation was skipped.

If you enable index.skipHash, then Git clients older than 2.13.0 will
refuse to parse the index and Git clients older than 2.40.0 will report an
error during git fsck.

init.templateDir

Specify the directory from which templates will be copied.
(See the «TEMPLATE DIRECTORY» section of git-init[1].)

init.defaultBranch

Allows overriding the default branch name e.g. when initializing
a new repository.

instaweb.browser

Specify the program that will be used to browse your working
repository in gitweb. See git-instaweb[1].

instaweb.httpd

The HTTP daemon command-line to start gitweb on your working
repository. See git-instaweb[1].

instaweb.local

If true the web server started by git-instaweb[1] will
be bound to the local IP (127.0.0.1).

instaweb.modulePath

The default module path for git-instaweb[1] to use
instead of /usr/lib/apache2/modules. Only used if httpd
is Apache.

instaweb.port

The port number to bind the gitweb httpd to. See
git-instaweb[1].

interactive.singleKey

In interactive commands, allow the user to provide one-letter
input with a single key (i.e., without hitting enter).
Currently this is used by the --patch mode of
git-add[1], git-checkout[1],
git-restore[1], git-commit[1],
git-reset[1], and git-stash[1]. Note that this
setting is silently ignored if portable keystroke input
is not available; requires the Perl module Term::ReadKey.

interactive.diffFilter

When an interactive command (such as git add --patch) shows
a colorized diff, git will pipe the diff through the shell
command defined by this configuration variable. The command may
mark up the diff further for human consumption, provided that it
retains a one-to-one correspondence with the lines in the
original diff. Defaults to disabled (no filtering).

log.abbrevCommit

If true, makes git-log[1], git-show[1], and
git-whatchanged[1] assume --abbrev-commit. You may
override this option with --no-abbrev-commit.

log.date

Set the default date-time mode for the log command.
Setting a value for log.date is similar to using git log‘s
--date option. See git-log[1] for details.

If the format is set to «auto:foo» and the pager is in use, format
«foo» will be the used for the date format. Otherwise «default» will
be used.

log.decorate

Print out the ref names of any commits that are shown by the log
command. If short is specified, the ref name prefixes refs/heads/,
refs/tags/ and refs/remotes/ will not be printed. If full is
specified, the full ref name (including prefix) will be printed.
If auto is specified, then if the output is going to a terminal,
the ref names are shown as if short were given, otherwise no ref
names are shown. This is the same as the --decorate option
of the git log.

log.initialDecorationSet

By default, git log only shows decorations for certain known ref
namespaces. If all is specified, then show all refs as
decorations.

log.excludeDecoration

Exclude the specified patterns from the log decorations. This is
similar to the --decorate-refs-exclude command-line option, but
the config option can be overridden by the --decorate-refs
option.

log.diffMerges

Set diff format to be used when --diff-merges=on is
specified, see --diff-merges in git-log[1] for
details. Defaults to separate.

log.follow

If true, git log will act as if the --follow option was used when
a single <path> is given. This has the same limitations as --follow,
i.e. it cannot be used to follow multiple files and does not work well
on non-linear history.

log.graphColors

A list of colors, separated by commas, that can be used to draw
history lines in git log --graph.

log.showRoot

If true, the initial commit will be shown as a big creation event.
This is equivalent to a diff against an empty tree.
Tools like git-log[1] or git-whatchanged[1], which
normally hide the root commit will now show it. True by default.

log.showSignature

If true, makes git-log[1], git-show[1], and
git-whatchanged[1] assume --show-signature.

log.mailmap

If true, makes git-log[1], git-show[1], and
git-whatchanged[1] assume --use-mailmap, otherwise
assume --no-use-mailmap. True by default.

lsrefs.unborn

May be «advertise» (the default), «allow», or «ignore». If «advertise»,
the server will respond to the client sending «unborn» (as described in
gitprotocol-v2[5]) and will advertise support for this feature during the
protocol v2 capability advertisement. «allow» is the same as
«advertise» except that the server will not advertise support for this
feature; this is useful for load-balanced servers that cannot be
updated atomically (for example), since the administrator could
configure «allow», then after a delay, configure «advertise».

mailinfo.scissors

If true, makes git-mailinfo[1] (and therefore
git-am[1]) act by default as if the —scissors option
was provided on the command-line. When active, this features
removes everything from the message body before a scissors
line (i.e. consisting mainly of «>8», «8<» and «-«).

mailmap.file

The location of an augmenting mailmap file. The default
mailmap, located in the root of the repository, is loaded
first, then the mailmap file pointed to by this variable.
The location of the mailmap file may be in a repository
subdirectory, or somewhere outside of the repository itself.
See git-shortlog[1] and git-blame[1].

mailmap.blob

Like mailmap.file, but consider the value as a reference to a
blob in the repository. If both mailmap.file and
mailmap.blob are given, both are parsed, with entries from
mailmap.file taking precedence. In a bare repository, this
defaults to HEAD:.mailmap. In a non-bare repository, it
defaults to empty.

maintenance.auto

This boolean config option controls whether some commands run
git maintenance run --auto after doing their normal work. Defaults
to true.

maintenance.strategy

This string config option provides a way to specify one of a few
recommended schedules for background maintenance. This only affects
which tasks are run during git maintenance run --schedule=X
commands, provided no --task=<task> arguments are provided.
Further, if a maintenance.<task>.schedule config value is set,
then that value is used instead of the one provided by
maintenance.strategy. The possible strategy strings are:

  • none: This default setting implies no task are run at any schedule.

  • incremental: This setting optimizes for performing small maintenance
    activities that do not delete any data. This does not schedule the gc
    task, but runs the prefetch and commit-graph tasks hourly, the
    loose-objects and incremental-repack tasks daily, and the pack-refs
    task weekly.

maintenance.<task>.enabled

This boolean config option controls whether the maintenance task
with name <task> is run when no --task option is specified to
git maintenance run. These config values are ignored if a
--task option exists. By default, only maintenance.gc.enabled
is true.

maintenance.<task>.schedule

This config option controls whether or not the given <task> runs
during a git maintenance run --schedule=<frequency> command. The
value must be one of «hourly», «daily», or «weekly».

maintenance.commit-graph.auto

This integer config option controls how often the commit-graph task
should be run as part of git maintenance run --auto. If zero, then
the commit-graph task will not run with the --auto option. A
negative value will force the task to run every time. Otherwise, a
positive value implies the command should run when the number of
reachable commits that are not in the commit-graph file is at least
the value of maintenance.commit-graph.auto. The default value is
100.

maintenance.loose-objects.auto

This integer config option controls how often the loose-objects task
should be run as part of git maintenance run --auto. If zero, then
the loose-objects task will not run with the --auto option. A
negative value will force the task to run every time. Otherwise, a
positive value implies the command should run when the number of
loose objects is at least the value of maintenance.loose-objects.auto.
The default value is 100.

maintenance.incremental-repack.auto

This integer config option controls how often the incremental-repack
task should be run as part of git maintenance run --auto. If zero,
then the incremental-repack task will not run with the --auto
option. A negative value will force the task to run every time.
Otherwise, a positive value implies the command should run when the
number of pack-files not in the multi-pack-index is at least the value
of maintenance.incremental-repack.auto. The default value is 10.

man.viewer

Specify the programs that may be used to display help in the
man format. See git-help[1].

man.<tool>.cmd

Specify the command to invoke the specified man viewer. The
specified command is evaluated in shell with the man page
passed as argument. (See git-help[1].)

man.<tool>.path

Override the path for the given tool that may be used to
display help in the man format. See git-help[1].

merge.conflictStyle

Specify the style in which conflicted hunks are written out to
working tree files upon merge. The default is «merge», which
shows a <<<<<<< conflict marker, changes made by one side,
a ======= marker, changes made by the other side, and then
a >>>>>>> marker. An alternate style, «diff3», adds a |||||||
marker and the original text before the ======= marker. The
«merge» style tends to produce smaller conflict regions than diff3,
both because of the exclusion of the original text, and because
when a subset of lines match on the two sides they are just pulled
out of the conflict region. Another alternate style, «zdiff3», is
similar to diff3 but removes matching lines on the two sides from
the conflict region when those matching lines appear near either
the beginning or end of a conflict region.

merge.defaultToUpstream

If merge is called without any commit argument, merge the upstream
branches configured for the current branch by using their last
observed values stored in their remote-tracking branches.
The values of the branch.<current branch>.merge that name the
branches at the remote named by branch.<current branch>.remote
are consulted, and then they are mapped via remote.<remote>.fetch
to their corresponding remote-tracking branches, and the tips of
these tracking branches are merged. Defaults to true.

merge.ff

By default, Git does not create an extra merge commit when merging
a commit that is a descendant of the current commit. Instead, the
tip of the current branch is fast-forwarded. When set to false,
this variable tells Git to create an extra merge commit in such
a case (equivalent to giving the --no-ff option from the command
line). When set to only, only such fast-forward merges are
allowed (equivalent to giving the --ff-only option from the
command line).

merge.verifySignatures

If true, this is equivalent to the —verify-signatures command
line option. See git-merge[1] for details.

merge.branchdesc

In addition to branch names, populate the log message with
the branch description text associated with them. Defaults
to false.

merge.log

In addition to branch names, populate the log message with at
most the specified number of one-line descriptions from the
actual commits that are being merged. Defaults to false, and
true is a synonym for 20.

merge.suppressDest

By adding a glob that matches the names of integration
branches to this multi-valued configuration variable, the
default merge message computed for merges into these
integration branches will omit «into <branch name>» from
its title.

An element with an empty value can be used to clear the list
of globs accumulated from previous configuration entries.
When there is no merge.suppressDest variable defined, the
default value of master is used for backward compatibility.

merge.renameLimit

The number of files to consider in the exhaustive portion of
rename detection during a merge. If not specified, defaults
to the value of diff.renameLimit. If neither
merge.renameLimit nor diff.renameLimit are specified,
currently defaults to 7000. This setting has no effect if
rename detection is turned off.

merge.renames

Whether Git detects renames. If set to «false», rename detection
is disabled. If set to «true», basic rename detection is enabled.
Defaults to the value of diff.renames.

merge.directoryRenames

Whether Git detects directory renames, affecting what happens at
merge time to new files added to a directory on one side of
history when that directory was renamed on the other side of
history. If merge.directoryRenames is set to «false», directory
rename detection is disabled, meaning that such new files will be
left behind in the old directory. If set to «true», directory
rename detection is enabled, meaning that such new files will be
moved into the new directory. If set to «conflict», a conflict
will be reported for such paths. If merge.renames is false,
merge.directoryRenames is ignored and treated as false. Defaults
to «conflict».

merge.renormalize

Tell Git that canonical representation of files in the
repository has changed over time (e.g. earlier commits record
text files with CRLF line endings, but recent ones use LF line
endings). In such a repository, Git can convert the data
recorded in commits to a canonical form before performing a
merge to reduce unnecessary conflicts. For more information,
see section «Merging branches with differing checkin/checkout
attributes» in gitattributes[5].

merge.stat

Whether to print the diffstat between ORIG_HEAD and the merge result
at the end of the merge. True by default.

merge.autoStash

When set to true, automatically create a temporary stash entry
before the operation begins, and apply it after the operation
ends. This means that you can run merge on a dirty worktree.
However, use with care: the final stash application after a
successful merge might result in non-trivial conflicts.
This option can be overridden by the --no-autostash and
--autostash options of git-merge[1].
Defaults to false.

merge.tool

Controls which merge tool is used by git-mergetool[1].
The list below shows the valid built-in values.
Any other value is treated as a custom merge tool and requires
that a corresponding mergetool.<tool>.cmd variable is defined.

merge.guitool

Controls which merge tool is used by git-mergetool[1] when the
-g/—gui flag is specified. The list below shows the valid built-in values.
Any other value is treated as a custom merge tool and requires that a
corresponding mergetool.<guitool>.cmd variable is defined.

  • araxis

  • bc

  • codecompare

  • deltawalker

  • diffmerge

  • diffuse

  • ecmerge

  • emerge

  • examdiff

  • guiffy

  • gvimdiff

  • kdiff3

  • meld

  • nvimdiff

  • opendiff

  • p4merge

  • smerge

  • tkdiff

  • tortoisemerge

  • vimdiff

  • winmerge

  • xxdiff

merge.verbosity

Controls the amount of output shown by the recursive merge
strategy. Level 0 outputs nothing except a final error
message if conflicts were detected. Level 1 outputs only
conflicts, 2 outputs conflicts and file changes. Level 5 and
above outputs debugging information. The default is level 2.
Can be overridden by the GIT_MERGE_VERBOSITY environment variable.

merge.<driver>.name

Defines a human-readable name for a custom low-level
merge driver. See gitattributes[5] for details.

merge.<driver>.driver

Defines the command that implements a custom low-level
merge driver. See gitattributes[5] for details.

merge.<driver>.recursive

Names a low-level merge driver to be used when
performing an internal merge between common ancestors.
See gitattributes[5] for details.

mergetool.<tool>.path

Override the path for the given tool. This is useful in case
your tool is not in the PATH.

mergetool.<tool>.cmd

Specify the command to invoke the specified merge tool. The
specified command is evaluated in shell with the following
variables available: BASE is the name of a temporary file
containing the common base of the files to be merged, if available;
LOCAL is the name of a temporary file containing the contents of
the file on the current branch; REMOTE is the name of a temporary
file containing the contents of the file from the branch being
merged; MERGED contains the name of the file to which the merge
tool should write the results of a successful merge.

mergetool.<tool>.hideResolved

Allows the user to override the global mergetool.hideResolved value
for a specific tool. See mergetool.hideResolved for the full
description.

mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode

For a custom merge command, specify whether the exit code of
the merge command can be used to determine whether the merge was
successful. If this is not set to true then the merge target file
timestamp is checked and the merge assumed to have been successful
if the file has been updated, otherwise the user is prompted to
indicate the success of the merge.

mergetool.meld.hasOutput

Older versions of meld do not support the --output option.
Git will attempt to detect whether meld supports --output
by inspecting the output of meld --help. Configuring
mergetool.meld.hasOutput will make Git skip these checks and
use the configured value instead. Setting mergetool.meld.hasOutput
to true tells Git to unconditionally use the --output option,
and false avoids using --output.

mergetool.meld.useAutoMerge

When the --auto-merge is given, meld will merge all non-conflicting
parts automatically, highlight the conflicting parts and wait for
user decision. Setting mergetool.meld.useAutoMerge to true tells
Git to unconditionally use the --auto-merge option with meld.
Setting this value to auto makes git detect whether --auto-merge
is supported and will only use --auto-merge when available. A
value of false avoids using --auto-merge altogether, and is the
default value.

mergetool.vimdiff.layout

The vimdiff backend uses this variable to control how its split
windows look like. Applies even if you are using Neovim (nvim) or
gVim (gvim) as the merge tool. See BACKEND SPECIFIC HINTS section
in git-mergetool[1].
for details.

mergetool.hideResolved

During a merge Git will automatically resolve as many conflicts as
possible and write the MERGED file containing conflict markers around
any conflicts that it cannot resolve; LOCAL and REMOTE normally
represent the versions of the file from before Git’s conflict
resolution. This flag causes LOCAL and REMOTE to be overwritten so
that only the unresolved conflicts are presented to the merge tool. Can
be configured per-tool via the mergetool.<tool>.hideResolved
configuration variable. Defaults to false.

mergetool.keepBackup

After performing a merge, the original file with conflict markers
can be saved as a file with a .orig extension. If this variable
is set to false then this file is not preserved. Defaults to
true (i.e. keep the backup files).

mergetool.keepTemporaries

When invoking a custom merge tool, Git uses a set of temporary
files to pass to the tool. If the tool returns an error and this
variable is set to true, then these temporary files will be
preserved, otherwise they will be removed after the tool has
exited. Defaults to false.

mergetool.writeToTemp

Git writes temporary BASE, LOCAL, and REMOTE versions of
conflicting files in the worktree by default. Git will attempt
to use a temporary directory for these files when set true.
Defaults to false.

mergetool.prompt

Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program.

notes.mergeStrategy

Which merge strategy to choose by default when resolving notes
conflicts. Must be one of manual, ours, theirs, union, or
cat_sort_uniq. Defaults to manual. See «NOTES MERGE STRATEGIES»
section of git-notes[1] for more information on each strategy.

This setting can be overridden by passing the --strategy option to
git-notes[1].

notes.<name>.mergeStrategy

Which merge strategy to choose when doing a notes merge into
refs/notes/<name>. This overrides the more general
«notes.mergeStrategy». See the «NOTES MERGE STRATEGIES» section in
git-notes[1] for more information on the available strategies.

notes.displayRef

Which ref (or refs, if a glob or specified more than once), in
addition to the default set by core.notesRef or
GIT_NOTES_REF, to read notes from when showing commit
messages with the git log family of commands.

This setting can be overridden with the GIT_NOTES_DISPLAY_REF
environment variable, which must be a colon separated list of refs or
globs.

A warning will be issued for refs that do not exist,
but a glob that does not match any refs is silently ignored.

This setting can be disabled by the --no-notes option to the git
log
family of commands, or by the --notes=<ref> option accepted by
those commands.

The effective value of «core.notesRef» (possibly overridden by
GIT_NOTES_REF) is also implicitly added to the list of refs to be
displayed.

notes.rewrite.<command>

When rewriting commits with <command> (currently amend or
rebase), if this variable is false, git will not copy
notes from the original to the rewritten commit. Defaults to
true. See also «notes.rewriteRef» below.

This setting can be overridden with the GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_REF
environment variable, which must be a colon separated list of refs or
globs.

notes.rewriteMode

When copying notes during a rewrite (see the
«notes.rewrite.<command>» option), determines what to do if
the target commit already has a note. Must be one of
overwrite, concatenate, cat_sort_uniq, or ignore.
Defaults to concatenate.

This setting can be overridden with the GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_MODE
environment variable.

notes.rewriteRef

When copying notes during a rewrite, specifies the (fully
qualified) ref whose notes should be copied. May be a glob,
in which case notes in all matching refs will be copied. You
may also specify this configuration several times.

Does not have a default value; you must configure this variable to
enable note rewriting. Set it to refs/notes/commits to enable
rewriting for the default commit notes.

Can be overridden with the GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_REF environment variable.
See notes.rewrite.<command> above for a further description of its format.

pack.window

The size of the window used by git-pack-objects[1] when no
window size is given on the command line. Defaults to 10.

pack.depth

The maximum delta depth used by git-pack-objects[1] when no
maximum depth is given on the command line. Defaults to 50.
Maximum value is 4095.

pack.windowMemory

The maximum size of memory that is consumed by each thread
in git-pack-objects[1] for pack window memory when
no limit is given on the command line. The value can be
suffixed with «k», «m», or «g». When left unconfigured (or
set explicitly to 0), there will be no limit.

pack.compression

An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects
in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no
compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being
slowest. If not set, defaults to core.compression. If that is
not set, defaults to -1, the zlib default, which is «a default
compromise between speed and compression (currently equivalent
to level 6).»

Note that changing the compression level will not automatically recompress
all existing objects. You can force recompression by passing the -F option
to git-repack[1].

pack.allowPackReuse

When true, and when reachability bitmaps are enabled,
pack-objects will try to send parts of the bitmapped packfile
verbatim. This can reduce memory and CPU usage to serve fetches,
but might result in sending a slightly larger pack. Defaults to
true.

pack.island

An extended regular expression configuring a set of delta
islands. See «DELTA ISLANDS» in git-pack-objects[1]
for details.

pack.islandCore

Specify an island name which gets to have its objects be
packed first. This creates a kind of pseudo-pack at the front
of one pack, so that the objects from the specified island are
hopefully faster to copy into any pack that should be served
to a user requesting these objects. In practice this means
that the island specified should likely correspond to what is
the most commonly cloned in the repo. See also «DELTA ISLANDS»
in git-pack-objects[1].

pack.deltaCacheSize

The maximum memory in bytes used for caching deltas in
git-pack-objects[1] before writing them out to a pack.
This cache is used to speed up the writing object phase by not
having to recompute the final delta result once the best match
for all objects is found. Repacking large repositories on machines
which are tight with memory might be badly impacted by this though,
especially if this cache pushes the system into swapping.
A value of 0 means no limit. The smallest size of 1 byte may be
used to virtually disable this cache. Defaults to 256 MiB.

pack.deltaCacheLimit

The maximum size of a delta, that is cached in
git-pack-objects[1]. This cache is used to speed up the
writing object phase by not having to recompute the final delta
result once the best match for all objects is found.
Defaults to 1000. Maximum value is 65535.

pack.threads

Specifies the number of threads to spawn when searching for best
delta matches. This requires that git-pack-objects[1]
be compiled with pthreads otherwise this option is ignored with a
warning. This is meant to reduce packing time on multiprocessor
machines. The required amount of memory for the delta search window
is however multiplied by the number of threads.
Specifying 0 will cause Git to auto-detect the number of CPU’s
and set the number of threads accordingly.

pack.indexVersion

Specify the default pack index version. Valid values are 1 for
legacy pack index used by Git versions prior to 1.5.2, and 2 for
the new pack index with capabilities for packs larger than 4 GB
as well as proper protection against the repacking of corrupted
packs. Version 2 is the default. Note that version 2 is enforced
and this config option ignored whenever the corresponding pack is
larger than 2 GB.

If you have an old Git that does not understand the version 2 *.idx file,
cloning or fetching over a non native protocol (e.g. «http»)
that will copy both *.pack file and corresponding *.idx file from the
other side may give you a repository that cannot be accessed with your
older version of Git. If the *.pack file is smaller than 2 GB, however,
you can use git-index-pack[1] on the *.pack file to regenerate
the *.idx file.

pack.packSizeLimit

The maximum size of a pack. This setting only affects
packing to a file when repacking, i.e. the git:// protocol
is unaffected. It can be overridden by the --max-pack-size
option of git-repack[1]. Reaching this limit results
in the creation of multiple packfiles.

Note that this option is rarely useful, and may result in a larger total
on-disk size (because Git will not store deltas between packs), as well
as worse runtime performance (object lookup within multiple packs is
slower than a single pack, and optimizations like reachability bitmaps
cannot cope with multiple packs).

If you need to actively run Git using smaller packfiles (e.g., because your
filesystem does not support large files), this option may help. But if
your goal is to transmit a packfile over a medium that supports limited
sizes (e.g., removable media that cannot store the whole repository),
you are likely better off creating a single large packfile and splitting
it using a generic multi-volume archive tool (e.g., Unix split).

The minimum size allowed is limited to 1 MiB. The default is unlimited.
Common unit suffixes of k, m, or g are supported.

pack.useBitmaps

When true, git will use pack bitmaps (if available) when packing
to stdout (e.g., during the server side of a fetch). Defaults to
true. You should not generally need to turn this off unless
you are debugging pack bitmaps.

pack.useSparse

When true, git will default to using the —sparse option in
git pack-objects when the —revs option is present. This
algorithm only walks trees that appear in paths that introduce new
objects. This can have significant performance benefits when
computing a pack to send a small change. However, it is possible
that extra objects are added to the pack-file if the included
commits contain certain types of direct renames. Default is
true.

pack.preferBitmapTips

When selecting which commits will receive bitmaps, prefer a
commit at the tip of any reference that is a suffix of any value
of this configuration over any other commits in the «selection
window».

Note that setting this configuration to refs/foo does not mean that
the commits at the tips of refs/foo/bar and refs/foo/baz will
necessarily be selected. This is because commits are selected for
bitmaps from within a series of windows of variable length.

If a commit at the tip of any reference which is a suffix of any value
of this configuration is seen in a window, it is immediately given
preference over any other commit in that window.

pack.writeBitmaps (deprecated)

This is a deprecated synonym for repack.writeBitmaps.

pack.writeBitmapHashCache

When true, git will include a «hash cache» section in the bitmap
index (if one is written). This cache can be used to feed git’s
delta heuristics, potentially leading to better deltas between
bitmapped and non-bitmapped objects (e.g., when serving a fetch
between an older, bitmapped pack and objects that have been
pushed since the last gc). The downside is that it consumes 4
bytes per object of disk space. Defaults to true.

When writing a multi-pack reachability bitmap, no new namehashes are
computed; instead, any namehashes stored in an existing bitmap are
permuted into their appropriate location when writing a new bitmap.

pack.writeBitmapLookupTable

When true, Git will include a «lookup table» section in the
bitmap index (if one is written). This table is used to defer
loading individual bitmaps as late as possible. This can be
beneficial in repositories that have relatively large bitmap
indexes. Defaults to false.

pack.writeReverseIndex

When true, git will write a corresponding .rev file (see:
gitformat-pack[5])
for each new packfile that it writes in all places except for
git-fast-import[1] and in the bulk checkin mechanism.
Defaults to false.

If the value is boolean, turns on or off pagination of the
output of a particular Git subcommand when writing to a tty.
Otherwise, turns on pagination for the subcommand using the
pager specified by the value of pager.<cmd>. If --paginate
or --no-pager is specified on the command line, it takes
precedence over this option. To disable pagination for all
commands, set core.pager or GIT_PAGER to cat.

pretty.<name>

Alias for a —pretty= format string, as specified in
git-log[1]. Any aliases defined here can be used just
as the built-in pretty formats could. For example,
running git config pretty.changelog "format:* %H %s"
would cause the invocation git log --pretty=changelog
to be equivalent to running git log "--pretty=format:* %H %s".
Note that an alias with the same name as a built-in format
will be silently ignored.

protocol.allow

If set, provide a user defined default policy for all protocols which
don’t explicitly have a policy (protocol.<name>.allow). By default,
if unset, known-safe protocols (http, https, git, ssh) have a
default policy of always, known-dangerous protocols (ext) have a
default policy of never, and all other protocols (including file)
have a default policy of user. Supported policies:

  • always — protocol is always able to be used.

  • never — protocol is never able to be used.

  • user — protocol is only able to be used when GIT_PROTOCOL_FROM_USER is
    either unset or has a value of 1. This policy should be used when you want a
    protocol to be directly usable by the user but don’t want it used by commands which
    execute clone/fetch/push commands without user input, e.g. recursive
    submodule initialization.

protocol.<name>.allow

Set a policy to be used by protocol <name> with clone/fetch/push
commands. See protocol.allow above for the available policies.

The protocol names currently used by git are:

  • file: any local file-based path (including file:// URLs,
    or local paths)

  • git: the anonymous git protocol over a direct TCP
    connection (or proxy, if configured)

  • ssh: git over ssh (including host:path syntax,
    ssh://, etc).

  • http: git over http, both «smart http» and «dumb http».
    Note that this does not include https; if you want to configure
    both, you must do so individually.

  • any external helpers are named by their protocol (e.g., use
    hg to allow the git-remote-hg helper)

protocol.version

If set, clients will attempt to communicate with a server
using the specified protocol version. If the server does
not support it, communication falls back to version 0.
If unset, the default is 2.
Supported versions:

  • 0 — the original wire protocol.

  • 1 — the original wire protocol with the addition of a version string
    in the initial response from the server.

  • 2 — Wire protocol version 2, see gitprotocol-v2[5].

pull.ff

By default, Git does not create an extra merge commit when merging
a commit that is a descendant of the current commit. Instead, the
tip of the current branch is fast-forwarded. When set to false,
this variable tells Git to create an extra merge commit in such
a case (equivalent to giving the --no-ff option from the command
line). When set to only, only such fast-forward merges are
allowed (equivalent to giving the --ff-only option from the
command line). This setting overrides merge.ff when pulling.

pull.rebase

When true, rebase branches on top of the fetched branch, instead
of merging the default branch from the default remote when «git
pull» is run. See «branch.<name>.rebase» for setting this on a
per-branch basis.

When merges (or just m), pass the --rebase-merges option to git rebase
so that the local merge commits are included in the rebase (see
git-rebase[1] for details).

When the value is interactive (or just i), the rebase is run in interactive
mode.

NOTE: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do not use
it unless you understand the implications (see git-rebase[1]
for details).

pull.octopus

The default merge strategy to use when pulling multiple branches
at once.

pull.twohead

The default merge strategy to use when pulling a single branch.

push.autoSetupRemote

If set to «true» assume --set-upstream on default push when no
upstream tracking exists for the current branch; this option
takes effect with push.default options simple, upstream,
and current. It is useful if by default you want new branches
to be pushed to the default remote (like the behavior of
push.default=current) and you also want the upstream tracking
to be set. Workflows most likely to benefit from this option are
simple central workflows where all branches are expected to
have the same name on the remote.

push.default

Defines the action git push should take if no refspec is
given (whether from the command-line, config, or elsewhere).
Different values are well-suited for
specific workflows; for instance, in a purely central workflow
(i.e. the fetch source is equal to the push destination),
upstream is probably what you want. Possible values are:

  • nothing — do not push anything (error out) unless a refspec is
    given. This is primarily meant for people who want to
    avoid mistakes by always being explicit.

  • current — push the current branch to update a branch with the same
    name on the receiving end. Works in both central and non-central
    workflows.

  • upstream — push the current branch back to the branch whose
    changes are usually integrated into the current branch (which is
    called @{upstream}). This mode only makes sense if you are
    pushing to the same repository you would normally pull from
    (i.e. central workflow).

  • tracking — This is a deprecated synonym for upstream.

  • simple — pushes the current branch with the same name on the remote.

    If you are working on a centralized workflow (pushing to the same repository you
    pull from, which is typically origin), then you need to configure an upstream
    branch with the same name.

    This mode is the default since Git 2.0, and is the safest option suited for
    beginners.

  • matching — push all branches having the same name on both ends.
    This makes the repository you are pushing to remember the set of
    branches that will be pushed out (e.g. if you always push maint
    and master there and no other branches, the repository you push
    to will have these two branches, and your local maint and
    master will be pushed there).

    To use this mode effectively, you have to make sure all the
    branches you would push out are ready to be pushed out before
    running git push, as the whole point of this mode is to allow you
    to push all of the branches in one go. If you usually finish work
    on only one branch and push out the result, while other branches are
    unfinished, this mode is not for you. Also this mode is not
    suitable for pushing into a shared central repository, as other
    people may add new branches there, or update the tip of existing
    branches outside your control.

    This used to be the default, but not since Git 2.0 (simple is the
    new default).

push.followTags

If set to true enable --follow-tags option by default. You
may override this configuration at time of push by specifying
--no-follow-tags.

push.gpgSign

May be set to a boolean value, or the string if-asked. A true
value causes all pushes to be GPG signed, as if --signed is
passed to git-push[1]. The string if-asked causes
pushes to be signed if the server supports it, as if
--signed=if-asked is passed to git push. A false value may
override a value from a lower-priority config file. An explicit
command-line flag always overrides this config option.

push.pushOption

When no --push-option=<option> argument is given from the
command line, git push behaves as if each <value> of
this variable is given as --push-option=<value>.

This is a multi-valued variable, and an empty value can be used in a
higher priority configuration file (e.g. .git/config in a
repository) to clear the values inherited from a lower priority
configuration files (e.g. $HOME/.gitconfig).

Example:

/etc/gitconfig
  push.pushoption = a
  push.pushoption = b

~/.gitconfig
  push.pushoption = c

repo/.git/config
  push.pushoption =
  push.pushoption = b

This will result in only b (a and c are cleared).
push.recurseSubmodules

May be «check», «on-demand», «only», or «no», with the same behavior
as that of «push —recurse-submodules».
If not set, no is used by default, unless submodule.recurse is
set (in which case a true value means on-demand).

push.useForceIfIncludes

If set to «true», it is equivalent to specifying
--force-if-includes as an option to git-push[1]
in the command line. Adding --no-force-if-includes at the
time of push overrides this configuration setting.

push.negotiate

If set to «true», attempt to reduce the size of the packfile
sent by rounds of negotiation in which the client and the
server attempt to find commits in common. If «false», Git will
rely solely on the server’s ref advertisement to find commits
in common.

push.useBitmaps

If set to «false», disable use of bitmaps for «git push» even if
pack.useBitmaps is «true», without preventing other git operations
from using bitmaps. Default is true.

rebase.backend

Default backend to use for rebasing. Possible choices are
apply or merge. In the future, if the merge backend gains
all remaining capabilities of the apply backend, this setting
may become unused.

rebase.stat

Whether to show a diffstat of what changed upstream since the last
rebase. False by default.

rebase.autoSquash

If set to true enable --autosquash option by default.

rebase.autoStash

When set to true, automatically create a temporary stash entry
before the operation begins, and apply it after the operation
ends. This means that you can run rebase on a dirty worktree.
However, use with care: the final stash application after a
successful rebase might result in non-trivial conflicts.
This option can be overridden by the --no-autostash and
--autostash options of git-rebase[1].
Defaults to false.

rebase.updateRefs

If set to true enable --update-refs option by default.

rebase.missingCommitsCheck

If set to «warn», git rebase -i will print a warning if some
commits are removed (e.g. a line was deleted), however the
rebase will still proceed. If set to «error», it will print
the previous warning and stop the rebase, git rebase
—edit-todo
can then be used to correct the error. If set to
«ignore», no checking is done.
To drop a commit without warning or error, use the drop
command in the todo list.
Defaults to «ignore».

rebase.instructionFormat

A format string, as specified in git-log[1], to be used for the
todo list during an interactive rebase. The format will
automatically have the long commit hash prepended to the format.

rebase.abbreviateCommands

If set to true, git rebase will use abbreviated command names in the
todo list resulting in something like this:

	p deadbee The oneline of the commit
	p fa1afe1 The oneline of the next commit
	...

instead of:

	pick deadbee The oneline of the commit
	pick fa1afe1 The oneline of the next commit
	...

Defaults to false.

rebase.rescheduleFailedExec

Automatically reschedule exec commands that failed. This only makes
sense in interactive mode (or when an --exec option was provided).
This is the same as specifying the --reschedule-failed-exec option.

rebase.forkPoint

If set to false set --no-fork-point option by default.

receive.advertiseAtomic

By default, git-receive-pack will advertise the atomic push
capability to its clients. If you don’t want to advertise this
capability, set this variable to false.

receive.advertisePushOptions

When set to true, git-receive-pack will advertise the push options
capability to its clients. False by default.

receive.autogc

By default, git-receive-pack will run «git-gc —auto» after
receiving data from git-push and updating refs. You can stop
it by setting this variable to false.

receive.certNonceSeed

By setting this variable to a string, git receive-pack
will accept a git push --signed and verifies it by using
a «nonce» protected by HMAC using this string as a secret
key.

receive.certNonceSlop

When a git push --signed sent a push certificate with a
«nonce» that was issued by a receive-pack serving the same
repository within this many seconds, export the «nonce»
found in the certificate to GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE to the
hooks (instead of what the receive-pack asked the sending
side to include). This may allow writing checks in
pre-receive and post-receive a bit easier. Instead of
checking GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_SLOP environment variable
that records by how many seconds the nonce is stale to
decide if they want to accept the certificate, they only
can check GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_STATUS is OK.

receive.fsckObjects

If it is set to true, git-receive-pack will check all received
objects. See transfer.fsckObjects for what’s checked.
Defaults to false. If not set, the value of
transfer.fsckObjects is used instead.

receive.fsck.<msg-id>

Acts like fsck.<msg-id>, but is used by
git-receive-pack[1] instead of
git-fsck[1]. See the fsck.<msg-id> documentation for
details.

receive.fsck.skipList

Acts like fsck.skipList, but is used by
git-receive-pack[1] instead of
git-fsck[1]. See the fsck.skipList documentation for
details.

receive.keepAlive

After receiving the pack from the client, receive-pack may
produce no output (if --quiet was specified) while processing
the pack, causing some networks to drop the TCP connection.
With this option set, if receive-pack does not transmit
any data in this phase for receive.keepAlive seconds, it will
send a short keepalive packet. The default is 5 seconds; set
to 0 to disable keepalives entirely.

receive.unpackLimit

If the number of objects received in a push is below this
limit then the objects will be unpacked into loose object
files. However if the number of received objects equals or
exceeds this limit then the received pack will be stored as
a pack, after adding any missing delta bases. Storing the
pack from a push can make the push operation complete faster,
especially on slow filesystems. If not set, the value of
transfer.unpackLimit is used instead.

receive.maxInputSize

If the size of the incoming pack stream is larger than this
limit, then git-receive-pack will error out, instead of
accepting the pack file. If not set or set to 0, then the size
is unlimited.

receive.denyDeletes

If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update that deletes
the ref. Use this to prevent such a ref deletion via a push.

receive.denyDeleteCurrent

If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update that
deletes the currently checked out branch of a non-bare repository.

receive.denyCurrentBranch

If set to true or «refuse», git-receive-pack will deny a ref update
to the currently checked out branch of a non-bare repository.
Such a push is potentially dangerous because it brings the HEAD
out of sync with the index and working tree. If set to «warn»,
print a warning of such a push to stderr, but allow the push to
proceed. If set to false or «ignore», allow such pushes with no
message. Defaults to «refuse».

Another option is «updateInstead» which will update the working
tree if pushing into the current branch. This option is
intended for synchronizing working directories when one side is not easily
accessible via interactive ssh (e.g. a live web site, hence the requirement
that the working directory be clean). This mode also comes in handy when
developing inside a VM to test and fix code on different Operating Systems.

By default, «updateInstead» will refuse the push if the working tree or
the index have any difference from the HEAD, but the push-to-checkout
hook can be used to customize this. See githooks[5].

receive.denyNonFastForwards

If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update which is
not a fast-forward. Use this to prevent such an update via a push,
even if that push is forced. This configuration variable is
set when initializing a shared repository.

receive.hideRefs

This variable is the same as transfer.hideRefs, but applies
only to receive-pack (and so affects pushes, but not fetches).
An attempt to update or delete a hidden ref by git push is
rejected.

receive.procReceiveRefs

This is a multi-valued variable that defines reference prefixes
to match the commands in receive-pack. Commands matching the
prefixes will be executed by an external hook «proc-receive»,
instead of the internal execute_commands function. If this
variable is not defined, the «proc-receive» hook will never be
used, and all commands will be executed by the internal
execute_commands function.

For example, if this variable is set to «refs/for», pushing to reference
such as «refs/for/master» will not create or update a reference named
«refs/for/master», but may create or update a pull request directly by
running the hook «proc-receive».

Optional modifiers can be provided in the beginning of the value to filter
commands for specific actions: create (a), modify (m), delete (d).
A ! can be included in the modifiers to negate the reference prefix entry.
E.g.:

git config --system --add receive.procReceiveRefs ad:refs/heads
git config --system --add receive.procReceiveRefs !:refs/heads
receive.updateServerInfo

If set to true, git-receive-pack will run git-update-server-info
after receiving data from git-push and updating refs.

receive.shallowUpdate

If set to true, .git/shallow can be updated when new refs
require new shallow roots. Otherwise those refs are rejected.

remote.pushDefault

The remote to push to by default. Overrides
branch.<name>.remote for all branches, and is overridden by
branch.<name>.pushRemote for specific branches.

remote.<name>.url

The URL of a remote repository. See git-fetch[1] or
git-push[1].

remote.<name>.pushurl

The push URL of a remote repository. See git-push[1].

remote.<name>.proxy

For remotes that require curl (http, https and ftp), the URL to
the proxy to use for that remote. Set to the empty string to
disable proxying for that remote.

remote.<name>.proxyAuthMethod

For remotes that require curl (http, https and ftp), the method to use for
authenticating against the proxy in use (probably set in
remote.<name>.proxy). See http.proxyAuthMethod.

remote.<name>.fetch

The default set of «refspec» for git-fetch[1]. See
git-fetch[1].

remote.<name>.push

The default set of «refspec» for git-push[1]. See
git-push[1].

remote.<name>.mirror

If true, pushing to this remote will automatically behave
as if the --mirror option was given on the command line.

remote.<name>.skipDefaultUpdate

If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating
using git-fetch[1] or the update subcommand of
git-remote[1].

remote.<name>.skipFetchAll

If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating
using git-fetch[1] or the update subcommand of
git-remote[1].

remote.<name>.receivepack

The default program to execute on the remote side when pushing. See
option —receive-pack of git-push[1].

remote.<name>.uploadpack

The default program to execute on the remote side when fetching. See
option —upload-pack of git-fetch-pack[1].

remote.<name>.tagOpt

Setting this value to —no-tags disables automatic tag following when
fetching from remote <name>. Setting it to —tags will fetch every
tag from remote <name>, even if they are not reachable from remote
branch heads. Passing these flags directly to git-fetch[1] can
override this setting. See options —tags and —no-tags of
git-fetch[1].

remote.<name>.vcs

Setting this to a value <vcs> will cause Git to interact with
the remote with the git-remote-<vcs> helper.

remote.<name>.prune

When set to true, fetching from this remote by default will also
remove any remote-tracking references that no longer exist on the
remote (as if the --prune option was given on the command line).
Overrides fetch.prune settings, if any.

remote.<name>.pruneTags

When set to true, fetching from this remote by default will also
remove any local tags that no longer exist on the remote if pruning
is activated in general via remote.<name>.prune, fetch.prune or
--prune. Overrides fetch.pruneTags settings, if any.

See also remote.<name>.prune and the PRUNING section of
git-fetch[1].

remote.<name>.promisor

When set to true, this remote will be used to fetch promisor
objects.

remote.<name>.partialclonefilter

The filter that will be applied when fetching from this promisor remote.
Changing or clearing this value will only affect fetches for new commits.
To fetch associated objects for commits already present in the local object
database, use the --refetch option of git-fetch[1].

remotes.<group>

The list of remotes which are fetched by «git remote update
<group>». See git-remote[1].

repack.useDeltaBaseOffset

By default, git-repack[1] creates packs that use
delta-base offset. If you need to share your repository with
Git older than version 1.4.4, either directly or via a dumb
protocol such as http, then you need to set this option to
«false» and repack. Access from old Git versions over the
native protocol are unaffected by this option.

repack.packKeptObjects

If set to true, makes git repack act as if
--pack-kept-objects was passed. See git-repack[1] for
details. Defaults to false normally, but true if a bitmap
index is being written (either via --write-bitmap-index or
repack.writeBitmaps).

repack.useDeltaIslands

If set to true, makes git repack act as if --delta-islands
was passed. Defaults to false.

repack.writeBitmaps

When true, git will write a bitmap index when packing all
objects to disk (e.g., when git repack -a is run). This
index can speed up the «counting objects» phase of subsequent
packs created for clones and fetches, at the cost of some disk
space and extra time spent on the initial repack. This has
no effect if multiple packfiles are created.
Defaults to true on bare repos, false otherwise.

repack.updateServerInfo

If set to false, git-repack[1] will not run
git-update-server-info[1]. Defaults to true. Can be overridden
when true by the -n option of git-repack[1].

repack.cruftWindow
repack.cruftWindowMemory
repack.cruftDepth
repack.cruftThreads

Parameters used by git-pack-objects[1] when generating
a cruft pack and the respective parameters are not given over
the command line. See similarly named pack.* configuration
variables for defaults and meaning.

rerere.autoUpdate

When set to true, git-rerere updates the index with the
resulting contents after it cleanly resolves conflicts using
previously recorded resolution. Defaults to false.

rerere.enabled

Activate recording of resolved conflicts, so that identical
conflict hunks can be resolved automatically, should they be
encountered again. By default, git-rerere[1] is
enabled if there is an rr-cache directory under the
$GIT_DIR, e.g. if «rerere» was previously used in the
repository.

revert.reference

Setting this variable to true makes git revert behave
as if the --reference option is given.

safe.bareRepository

Specifies which bare repositories Git will work with. The currently
supported values are:

  • all: Git works with all bare repositories. This is the default.

  • explicit: Git only works with bare repositories specified via
    the top-level --git-dir command-line option, or the GIT_DIR
    environment variable (see git[1]).

    If you do not use bare repositories in your workflow, then it may be
    beneficial to set safe.bareRepository to explicit in your global
    config. This will protect you from attacks that involve cloning a
    repository that contains a bare repository and running a Git command
    within that directory.

    This config setting is only respected in protected configuration (see
    SCOPES). This prevents the untrusted repository from tampering with
    this value.

safe.directory

These config entries specify Git-tracked directories that are
considered safe even if they are owned by someone other than the
current user. By default, Git will refuse to even parse a Git
config of a repository owned by someone else, let alone run its
hooks, and this config setting allows users to specify exceptions,
e.g. for intentionally shared repositories (see the --shared
option in git-init[1]).

This is a multi-valued setting, i.e. you can add more than one directory
via git config --add. To reset the list of safe directories (e.g. to
override any such directories specified in the system config), add a
safe.directory entry with an empty value.

This config setting is only respected in protected configuration (see
SCOPES). This prevents the untrusted repository from tampering with this
value.

The value of this setting is interpolated, i.e. ~/<path> expands to a
path relative to the home directory and %(prefix)/<path> expands to a
path relative to Git’s (runtime) prefix.

To completely opt-out of this security check, set safe.directory to the
string *. This will allow all repositories to be treated as if their
directory was listed in the safe.directory list. If safe.directory=*
is set in system config and you want to re-enable this protection, then
initialize your list with an empty value before listing the repositories
that you deem safe.

As explained, Git only allows you to access repositories owned by
yourself, i.e. the user who is running Git, by default. When Git
is running as root in a non Windows platform that provides sudo,
however, git checks the SUDO_UID environment variable that sudo creates
and will allow access to the uid recorded as its value in addition to
the id from root.
This is to make it easy to perform a common sequence during installation
«make && sudo make install». A git process running under sudo runs as
root but the sudo command exports the environment variable to record
which id the original user has.
If that is not what you would prefer and want git to only trust
repositories that are owned by root instead, then you can remove
the SUDO_UID variable from root’s environment before invoking git.

sendemail.identity

A configuration identity. When given, causes values in the
sendemail.<identity> subsection to take precedence over
values in the sendemail section. The default identity is
the value of sendemail.identity.

sendemail.smtpEncryption

See git-send-email[1] for description. Note that this
setting is not subject to the identity mechanism.

sendemail.smtpsslcertpath

Path to ca-certificates (either a directory or a single file).
Set it to an empty string to disable certificate verification.

sendemail.<identity>.*

Identity-specific versions of the sendemail.* parameters
found below, taking precedence over those when this
identity is selected, through either the command-line or
sendemail.identity.

sendemail.multiEdit

If true (default), a single editor instance will be spawned to edit
files you have to edit (patches when --annotate is used, and the
summary when --compose is used). If false, files will be edited one
after the other, spawning a new editor each time.

sendemail.confirm

Sets the default for whether to confirm before sending. Must be
one of always, never, cc, compose, or auto. See --confirm
in the git-send-email[1] documentation for the meaning of these
values.

sendemail.aliasesFile

To avoid typing long email addresses, point this to one or more
email aliases files. You must also supply sendemail.aliasFileType.

sendemail.aliasFileType

Format of the file(s) specified in sendemail.aliasesFile. Must be
one of mutt, mailrc, pine, elm, or gnus, or sendmail.

What an alias file in each format looks like can be found in
the documentation of the email program of the same name. The
differences and limitations from the standard formats are
described below:

sendmail
  • Quoted aliases and quoted addresses are not supported: lines that
    contain a " symbol are ignored.

  • Redirection to a file (/path/name) or pipe (|command) is not
    supported.

  • File inclusion (:include: /path/name) is not supported.

  • Warnings are printed on the standard error output for any
    explicitly unsupported constructs, and any other lines that are not
    recognized by the parser.

sendemail.annotate
sendemail.bcc
sendemail.cc
sendemail.ccCmd
sendemail.chainReplyTo
sendemail.envelopeSender
sendemail.from
sendemail.signedoffbycc
sendemail.smtpPass
sendemail.suppresscc
sendemail.suppressFrom
sendemail.to
sendemail.tocmd
sendemail.smtpDomain
sendemail.smtpServer
sendemail.smtpServerPort
sendemail.smtpServerOption
sendemail.smtpUser
sendemail.thread
sendemail.transferEncoding
sendemail.validate
sendemail.xmailer

These configuration variables all provide a default for
git-send-email[1] command-line options. See its
documentation for details.

sendemail.signedoffcc (deprecated)

Deprecated alias for sendemail.signedoffbycc.

sendemail.smtpBatchSize

Number of messages to be sent per connection, after that a relogin
will happen. If the value is 0 or undefined, send all messages in
one connection.
See also the --batch-size option of git-send-email[1].

sendemail.smtpReloginDelay

Seconds wait before reconnecting to smtp server.
See also the --relogin-delay option of git-send-email[1].

sendemail.forbidSendmailVariables

To avoid common misconfiguration mistakes, git-send-email[1]
will abort with a warning if any configuration options for «sendmail»
exist. Set this variable to bypass the check.

sequence.editor

Text editor used by git rebase -i for editing the rebase instruction file.
The value is meant to be interpreted by the shell when it is used.
It can be overridden by the GIT_SEQUENCE_EDITOR environment variable.
When not configured the default commit message editor is used instead.

showBranch.default

The default set of branches for git-show-branch[1].
See git-show-branch[1].

sparse.expectFilesOutsideOfPatterns

Typically with sparse checkouts, files not matching any
sparsity patterns are marked with a SKIP_WORKTREE bit in the
index and are missing from the working tree. Accordingly, Git
will ordinarily check whether files with the SKIP_WORKTREE bit
are in fact present in the working tree contrary to
expectations. If Git finds any, it marks those paths as
present by clearing the relevant SKIP_WORKTREE bits. This
option can be used to tell Git that such
present-despite-skipped files are expected and to stop
checking for them.

The default is false, which allows Git to automatically recover
from the list of files in the index and working tree falling out of
sync.

Set this to true if you are in a setup where some external factor
relieves Git of the responsibility for maintaining the consistency
between the presence of working tree files and sparsity patterns. For
example, if you have a Git-aware virtual file system that has a robust
mechanism for keeping the working tree and the sparsity patterns up to
date based on access patterns.

Regardless of this setting, Git does not check for
present-despite-skipped files unless sparse checkout is enabled, so
this config option has no effect unless core.sparseCheckout is
true.

splitIndex.maxPercentChange

When the split index feature is used, this specifies the
percent of entries the split index can contain compared to the
total number of entries in both the split index and the shared
index before a new shared index is written.
The value should be between 0 and 100. If the value is 0 then
a new shared index is always written, if it is 100 a new
shared index is never written.
By default the value is 20, so a new shared index is written
if the number of entries in the split index would be greater
than 20 percent of the total number of entries.
See git-update-index[1].

splitIndex.sharedIndexExpire

When the split index feature is used, shared index files that
were not modified since the time this variable specifies will
be removed when a new shared index file is created. The value
«now» expires all entries immediately, and «never» suppresses
expiration altogether.
The default value is «2.weeks.ago».
Note that a shared index file is considered modified (for the
purpose of expiration) each time a new split-index file is
either created based on it or read from it.
See git-update-index[1].

ssh.variant

By default, Git determines the command line arguments to use
based on the basename of the configured SSH command (configured
using the environment variable GIT_SSH or GIT_SSH_COMMAND or
the config setting core.sshCommand). If the basename is
unrecognized, Git will attempt to detect support of OpenSSH
options by first invoking the configured SSH command with the
-G (print configuration) option and will subsequently use
OpenSSH options (if that is successful) or no options besides
the host and remote command (if it fails).

The config variable ssh.variant can be set to override this detection.
Valid values are ssh (to use OpenSSH options), plink, putty,
tortoiseplink, simple (no options except the host and remote command).
The default auto-detection can be explicitly requested using the value
auto. Any other value is treated as ssh. This setting can also be
overridden via the environment variable GIT_SSH_VARIANT.

The current command-line parameters used for each variant are as
follows:

  • ssh — [-p port] [-4] [-6] [-o option] [username@]host command

  • simple — [username@]host command

  • plink or putty — [-P port] [-4] [-6] [username@]host command

  • tortoiseplink — [-P port] [-4] [-6] -batch [username@]host command

Except for the simple variant, command-line parameters are likely to
change as git gains new features.

status.relativePaths

By default, git-status[1] shows paths relative to the
current directory. Setting this variable to false shows paths
relative to the repository root (this was the default for Git
prior to v1.5.4).

status.short

Set to true to enable —short by default in git-status[1].
The option —no-short takes precedence over this variable.

status.branch

Set to true to enable —branch by default in git-status[1].
The option —no-branch takes precedence over this variable.

status.aheadBehind

Set to true to enable --ahead-behind and false to enable
--no-ahead-behind by default in git-status[1] for
non-porcelain status formats. Defaults to true.

If set to true, git-status[1] will insert a comment
prefix before each output line (starting with
core.commentChar, i.e. # by default). This was the
behavior of git-status[1] in Git 1.8.4 and previous.
Defaults to false.

status.renameLimit

The number of files to consider when performing rename detection
in git-status[1] and git-commit[1]. Defaults to
the value of diff.renameLimit.

status.renames

Whether and how Git detects renames in git-status[1] and
git-commit[1] . If set to «false», rename detection is
disabled. If set to «true», basic rename detection is enabled.
If set to «copies» or «copy», Git will detect copies, as well.
Defaults to the value of diff.renames.

status.showStash

If set to true, git-status[1] will display the number of
entries currently stashed away.
Defaults to false.

status.showUntrackedFiles

By default, git-status[1] and git-commit[1] show
files which are not currently tracked by Git. Directories which
contain only untracked files, are shown with the directory name
only. Showing untracked files means that Git needs to lstat() all
the files in the whole repository, which might be slow on some
systems. So, this variable controls how the commands displays
the untracked files. Possible values are:

  • no — Show no untracked files.

  • normal — Show untracked files and directories.

  • all — Show also individual files in untracked directories.

If this variable is not specified, it defaults to normal.
This variable can be overridden with the -u|—untracked-files option
of git-status[1] and git-commit[1].

status.submoduleSummary

Defaults to false.
If this is set to a non zero number or true (identical to -1 or an
unlimited number), the submodule summary will be enabled and a
summary of commits for modified submodules will be shown (see
—summary-limit option of git-submodule[1]). Please note
that the summary output command will be suppressed for all
submodules when diff.ignoreSubmodules is set to all or only
for those submodules where submodule.<name>.ignore=all. The only
exception to that rule is that status and commit will show staged
submodule changes. To
also view the summary for ignored submodules you can either use
the —ignore-submodules=dirty command-line option or the git
submodule summary
command, which shows a similar output but does
not honor these settings.

stash.showIncludeUntracked

If this is set to true, the git stash show command will show
the untracked files of a stash entry. Defaults to false. See
description of show command in git-stash[1].

stash.showPatch

If this is set to true, the git stash show command without an
option will show the stash entry in patch form. Defaults to false.
See description of show command in git-stash[1].

stash.showStat

If this is set to true, the git stash show command without an
option will show diffstat of the stash entry. Defaults to true.
See description of show command in git-stash[1].

submodule.<name>.url

The URL for a submodule. This variable is copied from the .gitmodules
file to the git config via git submodule init. The user can change
the configured URL before obtaining the submodule via git submodule
update
. If neither submodule.<name>.active or submodule.active are
set, the presence of this variable is used as a fallback to indicate
whether the submodule is of interest to git commands.
See git-submodule[1] and gitmodules[5] for details.

submodule.<name>.update

The method by which a submodule is updated by git submodule update,
which is the only affected command, others such as
git checkout —recurse-submodules are unaffected. It exists for
historical reasons, when git submodule was the only command to
interact with submodules; settings like submodule.active
and pull.rebase are more specific. It is populated by
git submodule init from the gitmodules[5] file.
See description of update command in git-submodule[1].

submodule.<name>.branch

The remote branch name for a submodule, used by git submodule
update --remote
. Set this option to override the value found in
the .gitmodules file. See git-submodule[1] and
gitmodules[5] for details.

submodule.<name>.fetchRecurseSubmodules

This option can be used to control recursive fetching of this
submodule. It can be overridden by using the —[no-]recurse-submodules
command-line option to «git fetch» and «git pull».
This setting will override that from in the gitmodules[5]
file.

submodule.<name>.ignore

Defines under what circumstances «git status» and the diff family show
a submodule as modified. When set to «all», it will never be considered
modified (but it will nonetheless show up in the output of status and
commit when it has been staged), «dirty» will ignore all changes
to the submodules work tree and
takes only differences between the HEAD of the submodule and the commit
recorded in the superproject into account. «untracked» will additionally
let submodules with modified tracked files in their work tree show up.
Using «none» (the default when this option is not set) also shows
submodules that have untracked files in their work tree as changed.
This setting overrides any setting made in .gitmodules for this submodule,
both settings can be overridden on the command line by using the
«—ignore-submodules» option. The git submodule commands are not
affected by this setting.

submodule.<name>.active

Boolean value indicating if the submodule is of interest to git
commands. This config option takes precedence over the
submodule.active config option. See gitsubmodules[7] for
details.

submodule.active

A repeated field which contains a pathspec used to match against a
submodule’s path to determine if the submodule is of interest to git
commands. See gitsubmodules[7] for details.

submodule.recurse

A boolean indicating if commands should enable the --recurse-submodules
option by default. Defaults to false.

When set to true, it can be deactivated via the
--no-recurse-submodules option. Note that some Git commands
lacking this option may call some of the above commands affected by
submodule.recurse; for instance git remote update will call
git fetch but does not have a --no-recurse-submodules option.
For these commands a workaround is to temporarily change the
configuration value by using git -c submodule.recurse=0.

The following list shows the commands that accept
--recurse-submodules and whether they are supported by this
setting.

  • checkout, fetch, grep, pull, push, read-tree,
    reset, restore and switch are always supported.

  • clone and ls-files are not supported.

  • branch is supported only if submodule.propagateBranches is
    enabled

submodule.propagateBranches

[EXPERIMENTAL] A boolean that enables branching support when
using --recurse-submodules or submodule.recurse=true.
Enabling this will allow certain commands to accept
--recurse-submodules and certain commands that already accept
--recurse-submodules will now consider branches.
Defaults to false.

submodule.fetchJobs

Specifies how many submodules are fetched/cloned at the same time.
A positive integer allows up to that number of submodules fetched
in parallel. A value of 0 will give some reasonable default.
If unset, it defaults to 1.

submodule.alternateLocation

Specifies how the submodules obtain alternates when submodules are
cloned. Possible values are no, superproject.
By default no is assumed, which doesn’t add references. When the
value is set to superproject the submodule to be cloned computes
its alternates location relative to the superprojects alternate.

submodule.alternateErrorStrategy

Specifies how to treat errors with the alternates for a submodule
as computed via submodule.alternateLocation. Possible values are
ignore, info, die. Default is die. Note that if set to ignore
or info, and if there is an error with the computed alternate, the
clone proceeds as if no alternate was specified.

tag.forceSignAnnotated

A boolean to specify whether annotated tags created should be GPG signed.
If --annotate is specified on the command line, it takes
precedence over this option.

tag.sort

This variable controls the sort ordering of tags when displayed by
git-tag[1]. Without the «—sort=<value>» option provided, the
value of this variable will be used as the default.

tag.gpgSign

A boolean to specify whether all tags should be GPG signed.
Use of this option when running in an automated script can
result in a large number of tags being signed. It is therefore
convenient to use an agent to avoid typing your gpg passphrase
several times. Note that this option doesn’t affect tag signing
behavior enabled by «-u <keyid>» or «—local-user=<keyid>» options.

tar.umask

This variable can be used to restrict the permission bits of
tar archive entries. The default is 0002, which turns off the
world write bit. The special value «user» indicates that the
archiving user’s umask will be used instead. See umask(2) and
git-archive[1].

Trace2 config settings are only read from the system and global
config files; repository local and worktree config files and -c
command line arguments are not respected.

trace2.normalTarget

This variable controls the normal target destination.
It may be overridden by the GIT_TRACE2 environment variable.
The following table shows possible values.

trace2.perfTarget

This variable controls the performance target destination.
It may be overridden by the GIT_TRACE2_PERF environment variable.
The following table shows possible values.

trace2.eventTarget

This variable controls the event target destination.
It may be overridden by the GIT_TRACE2_EVENT environment variable.
The following table shows possible values.

  • 0 or false — Disables the target.

  • 1 or true — Writes to STDERR.

  • [2-9] — Writes to the already opened file descriptor.

  • <absolute-pathname> — Writes to the file in append mode. If the target
    already exists and is a directory, the traces will be written to files (one
    per process) underneath the given directory.

  • af_unix:[<socket_type>:]<absolute-pathname> — Write to a
    Unix DomainSocket (on platforms that support them). Socket
    type can be either stream or dgram; if omitted Git will
    try both.

trace2.normalBrief

Boolean. When true time, filename, and line fields are
omitted from normal output. May be overridden by the
GIT_TRACE2_BRIEF environment variable. Defaults to false.

trace2.perfBrief

Boolean. When true time, filename, and line fields are
omitted from PERF output. May be overridden by the
GIT_TRACE2_PERF_BRIEF environment variable. Defaults to false.

trace2.eventBrief

Boolean. When true time, filename, and line fields are
omitted from event output. May be overridden by the
GIT_TRACE2_EVENT_BRIEF environment variable. Defaults to false.

trace2.eventNesting

Integer. Specifies desired depth of nested regions in the
event output. Regions deeper than this value will be
omitted. May be overridden by the GIT_TRACE2_EVENT_NESTING
environment variable. Defaults to 2.

trace2.configParams

A comma-separated list of patterns of «important» config
settings that should be recorded in the trace2 output.
For example, core.*,remote.*.url would cause the trace2
output to contain events listing each configured remote.
May be overridden by the GIT_TRACE2_CONFIG_PARAMS environment
variable. Unset by default.

trace2.envVars

A comma-separated list of «important» environment variables that should
be recorded in the trace2 output. For example,
GIT_HTTP_USER_AGENT,GIT_CONFIG would cause the trace2 output to
contain events listing the overrides for HTTP user agent and the
location of the Git configuration file (assuming any are set). May be
overridden by the GIT_TRACE2_ENV_VARS environment variable. Unset by
default.

trace2.destinationDebug

Boolean. When true Git will print error messages when a
trace target destination cannot be opened for writing.
By default, these errors are suppressed and tracing is
silently disabled. May be overridden by the
GIT_TRACE2_DST_DEBUG environment variable.

trace2.maxFiles

Integer. When writing trace files to a target directory, do not
write additional traces if we would exceed this many files. Instead,
write a sentinel file that will block further tracing to this
directory. Defaults to 0, which disables this check.

transfer.credentialsInUrl

A configured URL can contain plaintext credentials in the form
<protocol>://<user>:<password>@<domain>/<path>. You may want
to warn or forbid the use of such configuration (in favor of
using git-credential[1]). This will be used on
git-clone[1], git-fetch[1], git-push[1],
and any other direct use of the configured URL.

Note that this is currently limited to detecting credentials in
remote.<name>.url configuration, it won’t detect credentials in
remote.<name>.pushurl configuration.

You might want to enable this to prevent inadvertent credentials
exposure, e.g. because:

  • The OS or system where you’re running git may not provide a way or
    otherwise allow you to configure the permissions of the
    configuration file where the username and/or password are stored.

  • Even if it does, having such data stored «at rest» might expose you
    in other ways, e.g. a backup process might copy the data to another
    system.

  • The git programs will pass the full URL to one another as arguments
    on the command-line, meaning the credentials will be exposed to other
    users on OS’s or systems that allow other users to see the full
    process list of other users. On linux the «hidepid» setting
    documented in procfs(5) allows for configuring this behavior.

    If such concerns don’t apply to you then you probably don’t need to be
    concerned about credentials exposure due to storing that sensitive
    data in git’s configuration files. If you do want to use this, set
    transfer.credentialsInUrl to one of these values:

  • allow (default): Git will proceed with its activity without warning.

  • warn: Git will write a warning message to stderr when parsing a URL
    with a plaintext credential.

  • die: Git will write a failure message to stderr when parsing a URL
    with a plaintext credential.

transfer.fsckObjects

When fetch.fsckObjects or receive.fsckObjects are
not set, the value of this variable is used instead.
Defaults to false.

When set, the fetch or receive will abort in the case of a malformed
object or a link to a nonexistent object. In addition, various other
issues are checked for, including legacy issues (see fsck.<msg-id>),
and potential security issues like the existence of a .GIT directory
or a malicious .gitmodules file (see the release notes for v2.2.1
and v2.17.1 for details). Other sanity and security checks may be
added in future releases.

On the receiving side, failing fsckObjects will make those objects
unreachable, see «QUARANTINE ENVIRONMENT» in
git-receive-pack[1]. On the fetch side, malformed objects will
instead be left unreferenced in the repository.

Due to the non-quarantine nature of the fetch.fsckObjects
implementation it cannot be relied upon to leave the object store
clean like receive.fsckObjects can.

As objects are unpacked they’re written to the object store, so there
can be cases where malicious objects get introduced even though the
«fetch» failed, only to have a subsequent «fetch» succeed because only
new incoming objects are checked, not those that have already been
written to the object store. That difference in behavior should not be
relied upon. In the future, such objects may be quarantined for
«fetch» as well.

For now, the paranoid need to find some way to emulate the quarantine
environment if they’d like the same protection as «push». E.g. in the
case of an internal mirror do the mirroring in two steps, one to fetch
the untrusted objects, and then do a second «push» (which will use the
quarantine) to another internal repo, and have internal clients
consume this pushed-to repository, or embargo internal fetches and
only allow them once a full «fsck» has run (and no new fetches have
happened in the meantime).

transfer.hideRefs

String(s) receive-pack and upload-pack use to decide which
refs to omit from their initial advertisements. Use more than
one definition to specify multiple prefix strings. A ref that is
under the hierarchies listed in the value of this variable is
excluded, and is hidden when responding to git push or git
fetch
. See receive.hideRefs and uploadpack.hideRefs for
program-specific versions of this config.

You may also include a ! in front of the ref name to negate the entry,
explicitly exposing it, even if an earlier entry marked it as hidden.
If you have multiple hideRefs values, later entries override earlier ones
(and entries in more-specific config files override less-specific ones).

If a namespace is in use, the namespace prefix is stripped from each
reference before it is matched against transfer.hiderefs patterns. In
order to match refs before stripping, add a ^ in front of the ref name. If
you combine ! and ^, ! must be specified first.

For example, if refs/heads/master is specified in transfer.hideRefs and
the current namespace is foo, then refs/namespaces/foo/refs/heads/master
is omitted from the advertisements. If uploadpack.allowRefInWant is set,
upload-pack will treat want-ref refs/heads/master in a protocol v2
fetch command as if refs/namespaces/foo/refs/heads/master did not exist.
receive-pack, on the other hand, will still advertise the object id the
ref is pointing to without mentioning its name (a so-called «.have» line).

Even if you hide refs, a client may still be able to steal the target
objects via the techniques described in the «SECURITY» section of the
gitnamespaces[7] man page; it’s best to keep private data in a
separate repository.

transfer.unpackLimit

When fetch.unpackLimit or receive.unpackLimit are
not set, the value of this variable is used instead.
The default value is 100.

transfer.advertiseSID

Boolean. When true, client and server processes will advertise their
unique session IDs to their remote counterpart. Defaults to false.

transfer.bundleURI

When true, local git clone commands will request bundle
information from the remote server (if advertised) and download
bundles before continuing the clone through the Git protocol.
Defaults to false.

uploadarchive.allowUnreachable

If true, allow clients to use git archive --remote to request
any tree, whether reachable from the ref tips or not. See the
discussion in the «SECURITY» section of
git-upload-archive[1] for more details. Defaults to
false.

uploadpack.hideRefs

This variable is the same as transfer.hideRefs, but applies
only to upload-pack (and so affects only fetches, not pushes).
An attempt to fetch a hidden ref by git fetch will fail. See
also uploadpack.allowTipSHA1InWant.

uploadpack.allowTipSHA1InWant

When uploadpack.hideRefs is in effect, allow upload-pack
to accept a fetch request that asks for an object at the tip
of a hidden ref (by default, such a request is rejected).
See also uploadpack.hideRefs. Even if this is false, a client
may be able to steal objects via the techniques described in the
«SECURITY» section of the gitnamespaces[7] man page; it’s
best to keep private data in a separate repository.

uploadpack.allowReachableSHA1InWant

Allow upload-pack to accept a fetch request that asks for an
object that is reachable from any ref tip. However, note that
calculating object reachability is computationally expensive.
Defaults to false. Even if this is false, a client may be able
to steal objects via the techniques described in the «SECURITY»
section of the gitnamespaces[7] man page; it’s best to
keep private data in a separate repository.

uploadpack.allowAnySHA1InWant

Allow upload-pack to accept a fetch request that asks for any
object at all.
Defaults to false.

uploadpack.keepAlive

When upload-pack has started pack-objects, there may be a
quiet period while pack-objects prepares the pack. Normally
it would output progress information, but if --quiet was used
for the fetch, pack-objects will output nothing at all until
the pack data begins. Some clients and networks may consider
the server to be hung and give up. Setting this option instructs
upload-pack to send an empty keepalive packet every
uploadpack.keepAlive seconds. Setting this option to 0
disables keepalive packets entirely. The default is 5 seconds.

uploadpack.packObjectsHook

If this option is set, when upload-pack would run
git pack-objects to create a packfile for a client, it will
run this shell command instead. The pack-objects command and
arguments it would have run (including the git pack-objects
at the beginning) are appended to the shell command. The stdin
and stdout of the hook are treated as if pack-objects itself
was run. I.e., upload-pack will feed input intended for
pack-objects to the hook, and expects a completed packfile on
stdout.

Note that this configuration variable is only respected when it is specified
in protected configuration (see SCOPES). This is a safety measure
against fetching from untrusted repositories.

uploadpack.allowFilter

If this option is set, upload-pack will support partial
clone and partial fetch object filtering.

uploadpackfilter.allow

Provides a default value for unspecified object filters (see: the
below configuration variable). If set to true, this will also
enable all filters which get added in the future.
Defaults to true.

uploadpackfilter.<filter>.allow

Explicitly allow or ban the object filter corresponding to
<filter>, where <filter> may be one of: blob:none,
blob:limit, object:type, tree, sparse:oid, or combine.
If using combined filters, both combine and all of the nested
filter kinds must be allowed. Defaults to uploadpackfilter.allow.

uploadpackfilter.tree.maxDepth

Only allow --filter=tree:<n> when <n> is no more than the value of
uploadpackfilter.tree.maxDepth. If set, this also implies
uploadpackfilter.tree.allow=true, unless this configuration
variable had already been set. Has no effect if unset.

uploadpack.allowRefInWant

If this option is set, upload-pack will support the ref-in-want
feature of the protocol version 2 fetch command. This feature
is intended for the benefit of load-balanced servers which may
not have the same view of what OIDs their refs point to due to
replication delay.

url.<base>.insteadOf

Any URL that starts with this value will be rewritten to
start, instead, with <base>. In cases where some site serves a
large number of repositories, and serves them with multiple
access methods, and some users need to use different access
methods, this feature allows people to specify any of the
equivalent URLs and have Git automatically rewrite the URL to
the best alternative for the particular user, even for a
never-before-seen repository on the site. When more than one
insteadOf strings match a given URL, the longest match is used.

Note that any protocol restrictions will be applied to the rewritten
URL. If the rewrite changes the URL to use a custom protocol or remote
helper, you may need to adjust the protocol.*.allow config to permit
the request. In particular, protocols you expect to use for submodules
must be set to always rather than the default of user. See the
description of protocol.allow above.

url.<base>.pushInsteadOf

Any URL that starts with this value will not be pushed to;
instead, it will be rewritten to start with <base>, and the
resulting URL will be pushed to. In cases where some site serves
a large number of repositories, and serves them with multiple
access methods, some of which do not allow push, this feature
allows people to specify a pull-only URL and have Git
automatically use an appropriate URL to push, even for a
never-before-seen repository on the site. When more than one
pushInsteadOf strings match a given URL, the longest match is
used. If a remote has an explicit pushurl, Git will ignore this
setting for that remote.

user.name
user.email
author.email
committer.name
committer.email

The user.name and user.email variables determine what ends
up in the author and committer field of commit
objects.
If you need the author or committer to be different, the
author.name, author.email, committer.name or
committer.email variables can be set.
Also, all of these can be overridden by the GIT_AUTHOR_NAME,
GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL, GIT_COMMITTER_NAME,
GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL and EMAIL environment variables.

Note that the name forms of these variables conventionally refer to
some form of a personal name. See git-commit[1] and the
environment variables section of git[1] for more information on
these settings and the credential.username option if you’re looking
for authentication credentials instead.

user.useConfigOnly

Instruct Git to avoid trying to guess defaults for user.email
and user.name, and instead retrieve the values only from the
configuration. For example, if you have multiple email addresses
and would like to use a different one for each repository, then
with this configuration option set to true in the global config
along with a name, Git will prompt you to set up an email before
making new commits in a newly cloned repository.
Defaults to false.

user.signingKey

If git-tag[1] or git-commit[1] is not selecting the
key you want it to automatically when creating a signed tag or
commit, you can override the default selection with this variable.
This option is passed unchanged to gpg’s —local-user parameter,
so you may specify a key using any method that gpg supports.
If gpg.format is set to ssh this can contain the path to either
your private ssh key or the public key when ssh-agent is used.
Alternatively it can contain a public key prefixed with key::
directly (e.g.: «key::ssh-rsa XXXXXX identifier»). The private key
needs to be available via ssh-agent. If not set git will call
gpg.ssh.defaultKeyCommand (e.g.: «ssh-add -L») and try to use the
first key available. For backward compatibility, a raw key which
begins with «ssh-«, such as «ssh-rsa XXXXXX identifier», is treated
as «key::ssh-rsa XXXXXX identifier», but this form is deprecated;
use the key:: form instead.

versionsort.prereleaseSuffix (deprecated)

Deprecated alias for versionsort.suffix. Ignored if
versionsort.suffix is set.

versionsort.suffix

Even when version sort is used in git-tag[1], tagnames
with the same base version but different suffixes are still sorted
lexicographically, resulting e.g. in prerelease tags appearing
after the main release (e.g. «1.0-rc1» after «1.0»). This
variable can be specified to determine the sorting order of tags
with different suffixes.

By specifying a single suffix in this variable, any tagname containing
that suffix will appear before the corresponding main release. E.g. if
the variable is set to «-rc», then all «1.0-rcX» tags will appear before
«1.0». If specified multiple times, once per suffix, then the order of
suffixes in the configuration will determine the sorting order of tagnames
with those suffixes. E.g. if «-pre» appears before «-rc» in the
configuration, then all «1.0-preX» tags will be listed before any
«1.0-rcX» tags. The placement of the main release tag relative to tags
with various suffixes can be determined by specifying the empty suffix
among those other suffixes. E.g. if the suffixes «-rc», «», «-ck» and
«-bfs» appear in the configuration in this order, then all «v4.8-rcX» tags
are listed first, followed by «v4.8», then «v4.8-ckX» and finally
«v4.8-bfsX».

If more than one suffixes match the same tagname, then that tagname will
be sorted according to the suffix which starts at the earliest position in
the tagname. If more than one different matching suffixes start at
that earliest position, then that tagname will be sorted according to the
longest of those suffixes.
The sorting order between different suffixes is undefined if they are
in multiple config files.

web.browser

Specify a web browser that may be used by some commands.
Currently only git-instaweb[1] and git-help[1]
may use it.

worktree.guessRemote

If no branch is specified and neither -b nor -B nor
--detach is used, then git worktree add defaults to
creating a new branch from HEAD. If worktree.guessRemote is
set to true, worktree add tries to find a remote-tracking
branch whose name uniquely matches the new branch name. If
such a branch exists, it is checked out and set as «upstream»
for the new branch. If no such match can be found, it falls
back to creating a new branch from the current HEAD.

В этом документе мы подробнее изучим команду git config. Мы уже вкратце рассмотрели использование git config на странице Настройка репозитория. Команда git config — это удобная функция, которая используется для настройки значений конфигурации Git на глобальном и локальном уровнях проекта. Эти уровни конфигурации соответствуют текстовым файлам .gitconfig . При выполнении команды git config происходит изменение текстового файла конфигурации. Мы рассмотрим общие параметры конфигурации, такие как электронная почта, имя пользователя и редактор, а также обсудим псевдонимы Git, позволяющие создавать сокращенные команды для наиболее часто используемых операций Git. Освоив команду git config и различные параметры конфигурации Git, вы сможете создать сложный персонализированный рабочий процесс в Git.

Использование

Самый простой пример использования git config — вызов этой команды с именем конфигурации. При этом отобразится заданное для этого имени значение. Имена конфигурации представляют собой строку, состоящую из иерархической последовательности «раздела» и «ключа», разделенных точкой. Пример: user.email

 git config user.email

В этом примере «email» является дочерним свойством блока конфигурации «user». Команда вернет адрес электронной почты (если таковой был указан), который Git свяжет с локально созданными коммитами.

Уровни и файлы git config

Прежде чем рассматривать использование git config, поговорим немного об уровнях конфигурации. Чтобы указать уровень конфигурации, на котором производится работа, к команде git config можно добавить аргументы. Доступны следующие уровни конфигурации:

  • --local

По умолчанию, если не были переданы опции конфигурации, команда git config будет вести запись на локальном уровне. Конфигурация локального уровня применяется к репозиторию, в котором вызывается команда git config. Значения локальной конфигурации хранятся в файле, который находится в каталоге .git репозитория: .git/config

  • --global

Конфигурация глобального уровня зависит от пользователя, то есть применяется к пользователю операционной системы. Значения глобальной конфигурации хранятся в файле, который находится в домашнем каталоге пользователя. Это ~ /.gitconfig в Unix-системах и C:<имя_пользователя>.gitconfig в системах Windows.

  • --system

Конфигурация уровня системы применяется ко всей машине. Она охватывает всех пользователей операционной системы и все репозитории. Конфигурация уровня системы указывается в файле gitconfig в корневой папке системы. В Unix-системах это $(prefix)/etc/gitconfig, в системах Windows файл находится в C:Documents and SettingsAll UsersApplication DataGitconfig для Windows XP и в C:ProgramDataGitconfig для Windows Vista и более новых версий.

Итак, порядок приоритета уровней конфигурации следующий: локальный, глобальный, системный. Это значит, что при поиске значения конфигурации система Git будет начинать с локального уровня и подниматься до уровня системы.

Запись значения

Для расширения знаний о git config рассмотрим пример записи значения:

 git config --global user.email "your_email@example.com"

В данном примере значение your_email@example.com будет записано в имя конфигурации user.email. Поскольку используется флаг --global, значение будет задано для текущего пользователя операционной системы.

Редактор git config — core.editor

Многие команды Git запускают текстовый редактор, чтобы запросить дальнейший ввод информации. Один из наиболее частых примеров использования команды git config — это настройка редактора, который должен применяться в Git. Ниже приведена таблица наиболее популярных редакторов и соответствующие команды git config.

Редактор Команда config
Atom ~ git config --global core.editor "atom --wait"~
emacs ~ git config --global core.editor "emacs"~
nano ~ git config --global core.editor "nano -w"~
vim ~ git config --global core.editor "vim"~
Sublime Text (Mac) ~ git config --global core.editor "subl -n -w"~
Sublime Text (Win, 32-разрядная версия) ~ git config --global core.editor "'c:/program files (x86)/sublime text 3/sublimetext.exe' -w"~
Sublime Text (Win, 64-разрядная версия) ~ git config --global core.editor "'c:/program files/sublime text 3/sublimetext.exe' -w"~
Textmate ~ git config --global core.editor "mate -w"~

Инструменты слияния

При возникновении конфликта слияния Git запускает «инструмент слияния». По умолчанию в Git используется внутренняя реализация обычной Unix-программы diff. Внутренняя программа diff в Git представляет собой простейшее средство для просмотра конфликтов слияния. Вместо нее можно использовать любое другое стороннее решение для разрешения конфликтов. Обзор различных инструментов слияния и конфигурации см. в руководстве по советам и инструментам для решения конфликтов с помощью Git.

git config --global merge.tool kdiff3

Выделение выводимой информации цветом

Git поддерживает выделение выводимой в терминале информации различными цветами, что помогает быстро читать вывод Git. Для настройки вывода Git можно использовать индивидуальную цветовую тему. Для установки значений цветов используется команда git config.

color.ui

Это основная переменная, влияющая на выделение цветом в Git. Если задать этой переменной значение false, выделение любой выводимой в терминале Git информации цветом будет отключено.

  $ git config --global color.ui false

Значение переменной color.ui по умолчанию равно auto. Это означает, что маркироваться цветом будет только непосредственный выходной поток терминала. Если же выходной поток перенаправляется в файл или передается другому процессу, то такой вывод цветом не маркируется.

Можно присвоить переменной color.ui значение always. Тогда вывод будет выделяться цветом даже при перенаправлении выходного потока в файлы или конвейеры. Однако это может вызвать проблемы, поскольку принимающий конвейер может не ожидать, что входные данные будут иметь цветовую кодировку.

Значения цветов в Git

Помимо переменной color.ui, доступны и более тонкие настройки цвета. Как и переменной color.ui, эти цветовым настройкам можно присваивать значения false, auto или always. Кроме того, им можно присвоить конкретное значение цвета. Вот несколько примеров поддерживаемых значений цвета:

  • normal
  • black
  • красный
  • green
  • yellow
  • blue
  • magenta
  • cyan
  • white

Цвет также можно указывать в виде шестнадцатеричного цветового кода, например #ff0000, или в виде одного из 256 цветовых значений ANSI, если ваш терминал их поддерживает.

Настройка цветовой конфигурации в Git

1. color.branch

  • Настраивает цвет вывода команды git branch.

2. color.branch.<слот>

  • Это значение также применяется к выводу команды git branch. Переменная <слот> может принимать одно из следующих значений:
    • 1) current: текущая ветка;
    • 2) local: локальная ветка;
    • 3) remote: ссылка на удаленную ветку в refs/remotes;
    • 4) upstream: вышестоящая отслеживаемая ветка.
    • 5) plain: любая другая ссылка.

3. color.diff

  • Применяет цвета к выводу команд git diff, git log и git show.

4. color.diff.<слот>

  • Значение <слот> в параметре color.diff указывает системе Git, в какой части команды diff использовать указанный цвет:
    • 1) context: текст контекста diff. Контекст Git — это строки текстового контекста в diff или patch, которые подсвечивают изменения;
    • 2) plain: синоним контекста;
    • 3) meta: применяет цвет к метаданным diff;
    • 4) frag: применяет цвет к заголовку участка кода или к функции в заголовке участка кода;
    • 5) old: окрашивает удаленные строки в diff;
    • 6) new: окрашивает добавленные строки в diff;
    • 7) commit: окрашивает заголовки коммитов в diff.
    • 8) whitespace: задает в diff цвет для любых ошибок, связанных с пробелами.

5. color.decorate.<слот>

  • Настройка цвета для вывода команды git log --decorate. Поддерживаемые значения параметра <слот>: branch, remoteBranch, tag, stash или HEAD. Они применяются к локальным веткам, удаленным отслеживаемым веткам, тегам, отложенным изменениям и указателю HEAD соответственно.

6) color.grep

  • Применяет цвет к выводу команды git grep.

7. color.grep. <слот>

  • Применяется также для команды git grep. Переменная <слот> указывает, к какой части вывода команды grep применить цвет:
    • 1) context: несоответствующий текст в строках контекста;
    • 2) filename: префикс имени файла;
    • 3) function: строки с именами функций;
    • 4) linenumber: префикс номера строки;
    • 5) match: соответствующий текст;
    • 6) matchContext: соответствующий текст в строках контекста;
    • 7) matchSelected: соответствующий текст в выбранных строках;
    • 8) selected: несоответствующий текст в выбранных строках;
    • 9) separator: разделители между полями в строке (:, -, и =) и между участками кода (—).

8. color.interactive

  • Эта переменная задает цвет для интерактивных подсказок. Примеры: git add --interactive и git clean --interactive .

9. color.interactive.<слот>

  • Переменная <слот> используется для уточнения вида интерактивного вывода. Доступные значения переменной <слот>: prompt, header, help, error; каждая из них действует на соответствующий вид интерактивного вывода (подсказку, заголовок, справочное сообщение, ошибку).

10) color.pager

  • Включает или отключает выделение выводимой информации цветом при использовании пейджера.

11) color.showBranch

  • Включает или отключает выделение выводимой информации цветом для команды git show-branch.

12. color.status

  • Логическое значение, которое включает или отключает выделение выводимой информации цветом для команды git status.

13) color.status.<слот>

Используется для того, чтобы задать пользовательский цвет для указанных элементов git status. Переменная <слот> поддерживает следующие значения:

  • 1) header:
    • указывает на текст заголовков в области состояния;
  • 2) added или updated:
    • оба значения указывают на файлы, которые были добавлены, но не зафиксированы в виде коммитов;
  • 3) changed:
    • указывает на файлы, которые были изменены, но не добавлены в индекс Git;
  • 4) untracked:
    • указывает на файлы, которые не отслеживаются системой Git;
  • 5) branch:
    • применяет цвет к текущей ветке.
  • 6) nobranch:
    • цвет предупреждения о том, что ветка отсутствует;
  • 7) unmerged:
    • окрашивает файлы, в которых есть неслитые изменения.

Псевдонимы

Концепция псевдонимов может быть вам знакома по командной строке операционной системы. Если нет, то знайте, что псевдонимы — это пользовательские сокращенные команды, которые расширяются до более длинных или комбинированных команд. Псевдонимы экономят время и силы на ввод часто используемых команд. Git предоставляет собственную систему псевдонимов. Чаще всего псевдонимы Git используются для сокращения команды commit. Псевдонимы хранятся в файлах конфигурации Git. Это значит, что для настройки псевдонимов можно использовать команду git config.

 git config --global alias.ci commit

В этом примере создается псевдоним ci для команды git commit. После этого вы сможете вызывать команду git commit с помощью команды git ci. Псевдонимы также могут ссылаться на другие псевдонимы для создания более сложных сочетаний команд.

 git config --global alias.amend ci --amend

В этом примере создается псевдоним amend, который включает псевдоним ci в новый псевдоним, использующий флаг --amend.

Форматирование и пробелы

В Git есть функции для подсвечивания ошибок с пробелами при использовании git diff. Ошибки с пробелами будут выделяться цветом, указанным в color.diff.whitespace

Следующие возможности по умолчанию включены:

  • blank-at-eol — подсвечивает висячие пробелы в конце строк;
  • space-before-tab — подсвечивает пробелы перед символом табуляции в строках с отступом;
  • blank-at-eof — подсвечивает пустые строки, вставленные в конец файла.

Следующие возможности по умолчанию отключены:

  • indent-with-non-tab — подсвечивает строку, в которой для отступа используются пробелы вместо символов табуляции;
  • tab-in-indent — подсвечивает как ошибку отступ, начинающийся с символа табуляции;
  • trailing-space — сокращение для возможностей blank-at-eol и blank-at-eof;
  • cr-at-eol — подсвечивает символ возврата каретки в конце строки;
  • tabwidth= — определяет, сколько позиций символов занимает символ табуляции. Значение по умолчанию: 8. Допустимые значения: от 1 до 63.

Резюме

В этой статье мы рассказали, как использовать команду git config; объяснили, почему эта команда удобна для редактирования исходных файлов git config в файловой системе, и рассмотрели основные операции чтения и записи для параметров конфигурации. Кроме того, мы изучили распространенные сценарии настройки конфигурации:

  • настройка редактора Git;
  • переопределение уровней конфигурации;
  • сброс значений по умолчанию для конфигурации;
  • настройка цветов в Git.

В целом git config — это вспомогательный инструмент, помогающий быстро редактировать исходные файлы git config на диске. Мы подробно рассмотрели параметры индивидуальной настройки. Если вы захотите настроить репозиторий, вам обязательно понадобятся базовые знания параметров конфигурации Git. Демонстрацию основ работы см. в нашем руководстве.

В этой книге было показано больше десятка различных команд Git и мы приложили много усилий, чтобы рассказать вам о них, выстроив некий логический порядок, постепенно внедряя команды в сюжет.
Но такой подход «размазал» описания команд по всей книге.

В этом приложении мы пройдёмся по всем командам, о которых шла речь, и сгруппируем их по смыслу.
Мы расскажем, что делает каждая команда и укажем главы в книге, где эта команда использовалась.

Настройка и конфигурация

Две довольно распространённые команды, используемые как сразу после установки Git, так и в повседневной практике для настройки и получения помощи — это config и help.

git config

Сотни вещей в Git работают без всякой конфигурации, используя параметры по умолчанию.
Для большинства из них вы можете задать иные умолчания, либо вовсе использовать собственные значения.
Это включает в себя целый ряд настроек, начиная от вашего имени и заканчивая цветами в терминале и вашим любимым редактором.
Команда config хранит и читает настройки в нескольких файлах, так что вы можете задавать значения глобально или для конкретных репозиториев.

Команда git config используется практически в каждой главе этой книги.

В разделе Первоначальная настройка Git главы 1 мы использовали эту команду для указания имени, адреса электронной почты и редактора ещё до того, как начать использовать Git.

В разделе Псевдонимы в Git главы 2 мы показали, как можно использовать её для создания сокращённых вариантов команд с длинными списками опций, чтобы не печатать их все каждый раз.

В разделе Перебазирование главы 3 мы использовали config чтобы задать поведение --rebase по умолчанию для команды git pull.

В разделе Хранилище учётных данных главы 7 мы использовали её для задания хранилища ваших HTTP-паролей.

В разделе Разворачивание ключевых слов главы 7 мы показали как настроить фильтры содержимого для данных, перемещаемых между индексом и рабочей копией.

И наконец, этой команде посвящен практически весь раздел Конфигурация Git главы 8.

Команды git config core.editor

Согласно инструкциям, приведённым в разделе Выбор редактора главы 1, большинство редакторов может быть установлено следующим образом:

Таблица 4. Исчерпывающий список команд по настройке core.editor

Редактор Команда

Atom

git config --global core.editor "atom --wait"

BBEdit (Mac, with command line tools)

git config --global core.editor "bbedit -w"

Emacs

git config --global core.editor emacs

Gedit (Linux)

git config --global core.editor "gedit --wait --new-window"

Gvim (Windows 64-bit)

git config --global core.editor "'C:Program FilesVimvim72gvim.exe' --nofork '%*'" (смотри примечание ниже)

Kate (Linux)

git config --global core.editor "kate"

nano

git config --global core.editor "nano -w"

Notepad (Windows 64-bit)

git config core.editor notepad

Notepad++ (Windows 64-bit)

git config --global core.editor "'C:Program FilesNotepadnotepad.exe' -multiInst -notabbar -nosession -noPlugin" (смотри примечание ниже)

Scratch (Linux)

git config --global core.editor "scratch-text-editor"

Sublime Text (macOS)

git config --global core.editor "/Applications/Sublime Text.app/Contents/SharedSupport/bin/subl --new-window --wait"

Sublime Text (Windows 64-bit)

git config --global core.editor "'C:Program FilesSublime Text 3sublime_text.exe' -w" (смотри примечание ниже)

TextEdit (macOS)

git config --global --add core.editor "open -W -n"

Textmate

git config --global core.editor "mate -w"

Textpad (Windows 64-bit)

git config --global core.editor "'C:Program FilesTextPad 5TextPad.exe' -m" (смотри примечание ниже)

Vim

git config --global core.editor "vim --nofork"

Visual Studio Code

git config --global core.editor "code --wait"

VSCodium (Free/Libre Open Source Software Binaries of VSCode)

git config --global core.editor "codium --wait"

WordPad

git config --global core.editor "'C:Program FilesWindows NTAccessorieswordpad.exe'"

Xi

git config --global core.editor "xi --wait"

Примечание

Если у вас установлена 32 битная версия редактора в 64 битной системе, то путь к ней будет содержать C:Program Files (x86), а не C:Program Files как указано в таблице выше.

git help

Команда git help служит для отображения встроенной документации Git о других командах.
И хотя мы приводим описания самых популярных команд в этой главе, полный список параметров и флагов каждой команды доступен через git help <command>.

Мы представили эту команду в разделе Как получить помощь? главы 1 и показали как её использовать, чтобы найти больше информации о команде git shell в разделе Настраиваем сервер главы 4.

С помощью этой команды вы можете запросить/установить/заменить/отключить опции.Имя на самом деле является секцией и ключом,разделенным точкой,и значение будет экранировано.

К опции можно добавить несколько строк с помощью опции --add . Если вы хотите обновить или отключить параметр, который может встречаться в нескольких строках, необходимо указать value-pattern (который является расширенным регулярным выражением, если не указан параметр --fixed-value ). Обновляются или сбрасываются только существующие значения, соответствующие шаблону. Если вы хотите обработать строки, которые не соответствуют шаблону, просто добавьте один восклицательный знак впереди (см. также ПРИМЕРЫ ), но обратите внимание, что это работает только тогда, когда параметр --fixed-value не используется.

Параметр --type=<type> указывает git config , чтобы входящие и исходящие значения могли быть канонизированы для данного <type>. Если не --type=<type> , канонизация выполняться не будет. Вызывающие могут --type существующий спецификатор —type с помощью --no-type .

При чтении значения по умолчанию считываются из системных, глобальных и локальных файлов конфигурации репозитория, а параметры --system , --global , --local , --worktree и --file <filename> могут использоваться для указания команда для чтения только из этого места (см. ФАЙЛЫ ).

При записи новое значение по умолчанию записывается в локальный файл конфигурации репозитория, а параметры --system , --global , --worktree , --file <filename> могут использоваться для указания команде записи в это место ( вы можете --local но это значение по умолчанию).

Эта команда не будет работать с ненулевым статусом при ошибке.Некоторые коды выхода:

  • Раздел или ключ недействительны (ret=1),

  • не было предоставлено ни одного раздела,ни названия (ret=2),

  • конфигурационный файл недействителен (ret=3),

  • конфигурационный файл не может быть записан (ret=4),

  • вы пытаетесь отменить опцию,которая не существует (ret=5),

  • вы пытаетесь отменить/установить опцию,для которой несколько строк совпадают (ret=5),или

  • вы пытаетесь использовать недействительный регэкспресс (ret=6).

При успешном выполнении команда возвращает код выхода 0.

Список всех доступных переменных конфигурации можно получить с помощью команды git help --config .

—replace-all

По умолчанию заменяется не более одной строки. Это заменяет все строки, соответствующие ключу (и, возможно, value-pattern ).

—add

Добавляет новую строку к параметру без изменения существующих значений. Это то же самое, что предоставить ^$ в качестве value-pattern в --replace-all .

—get

Получить значение для заданного ключа (опционально отфильтрованное по регрессу,совпадающему со значением).Возвращает код ошибки 1,если ключ не был найден,и последнее значение,если было найдено несколько значений ключа.

—get-all

Например,get,но возвращает все значения для многозначного ключа.

—get-regexp

Подобно —get-all,но интерпретирует имя как регулярное выражение и записывает ключевые имена.Подгонка регулярных выражений в настоящее время чувствительна к регистру и осуществляется против канонизированной версии ключа,в которой имена секций и переменных выражены в нижнем регистре,а имена подразделов-нет.

—get-urlmatch <имя> <URL>

Если указано имя section.key, состоящее из двух частей, возвращается значение для section.<URL>.key, часть <URL> которого лучше всего соответствует заданному URL-адресу (если такого ключа не существует, используется значение для section.key как запасной вариант). Если в качестве имени указан только раздел, сделайте это для всех ключей в разделе и перечислите их. Возвращает код ошибки 1, если значение не найдено.

—global

Для вариантов записи: записывайте в глобальный файл ~/.gitconfig , а не в репозиторий .git/config , записывайте в $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config , если этот файл существует, а файл ~/.gitconfig — нет.

Для параметров чтения: читать только из глобального ~/.gitconfig и из $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config а не из всех доступных файлов.

См. также ФАЙЛЫ .

—system

Для записи параметров: пишите в общесистемный $(prefix)/etc/gitconfig а не в репозиторий .git/config .

Для параметров чтения: читать только из общесистемного $(prefix)/etc/gitconfig а не из всех доступных файлов.

См. также ФАЙЛЫ .

—local

Для вариантов записи: пишите в репозиторий .git/config файл. Это поведение по умолчанию.

Для параметров чтения: читать только из репозитория .git/config , а не из всех доступных файлов.

См. также ФАЙЛЫ .

—worktree

Аналогичен --local , за исключением того, что $GIT_DIR/config.worktree читается или записывается, если включен extensions.worktreeConfig .Если нет, это то же самое, что --local . Обратите внимание, что $GIT_DIR равен $GIT_COMMON_DIR для основного рабочего дерева, но имеет форму $GIT_DIR/worktrees/<id>/ для других рабочих деревьев. См. git-worktree[1] , чтобы узнать, как включить extensions.worktreeConfig .

-f <config-file>
—file <config-file>

Для вариантов записи: писать в указанный файл, а не в репозиторий .git/config .

Для опций чтения:читать только из указанного файла,а не из всех доступных файлов.

См. также ФАЙЛЫ .

—blob <blob>

Аналогично --file , но использует данный blob вместо файла. Например, вы можете использовать master:.gitmodules для чтения значений из файла .gitmodules в ветке master. См. Раздел «УКАЗАНИЕ ИЗМЕНЕНИЙ» в gitrevisions [7] для более полного списка способов написания имен blob.

—remove-section

Удалите данный раздел из конфигурационного файла.

—rename-section

Переименуйте данный раздел на новое имя.

—unset

Удалите строку,соответствующую ключу из конфигурационного файла.

—unset-all

Удалите все строки,соответствующие ключу,из конфигурационного файла.

-l
—list

Перечислите все переменные,установленные в конфигурационном файле,вместе с их значениями.

—fixed-value

При использовании с аргументом value-pattern value-pattern как точную строку, а не регулярное выражение. Это ограничит пары имя / значение, которые сопоставляются, только теми, где значение точно равно value-pattern .

—type <type>

git config гарантирует, что любой ввод или вывод действителен при заданном (ых) ограничении (ах) типа, и канонизирует исходящие значения в канонической форме <type> .

Допустимые значения <type> включают:

  • bool : канонизировать значения как «истина» или «ложь».

  • int : канонизировать значения как простые десятичные числа. Необязательный суффикс k , m или g приведет к умножению значения на 1024, 1048576 или 1073741824 при вводе.

  • bool-or-int : канонизировать в соответствии с bool или int , как описано выше.

  • path : canonicalize, добавив в начало ~ к значению $HOME и ~user в домашний каталог для указанного пользователя. Этот спецификатор не влияет на установку значения (но вы можете использовать git config section.variable ~/ из командной строки, чтобы позволить вашей оболочке выполнить расширение.)

  • expiry-date : канонизация путем преобразования фиксированной или относительной строки даты в метку времени. Этот спецификатор не влияет на установку значения.

  • color : при получении значения канонизация путем преобразования в escape-последовательность ANSI. При установке значения выполняется проверка работоспособности, чтобы гарантировать, что данное значение может быть канонизировано как цвет ANSI, но записывается как есть.

—bool
—int
—bool-or-int
—path
—expiry-date

Исторические варианты выбора спецификатора типа. Вместо этого --type (см. Выше).

—no-type

Сбрасывает ранее установленный спецификатор типа (если он был ранее установлен). Этот параметр требует, чтобы git config не канонизировал полученную переменную. --no-type не действует без --type=<type> или --<type> .

-z
—null

Для всех опций,которые выводят значения и/или клавиши,всегда заканчивайте значения нулевым символом (вместо новой строки).Используйте newline вместо него в качестве разделителя между ключом и значением.Это позволяет безопасно разобрать вывод,не путаясь,например,со значениями,которые содержат разрывы строк.

—name-only

Вывести только имена переменных конфигурации для --list или —get --get-regexp .

—show-origin

Дополнение вывода всех опрашиваемых конфигурационных опций с типом источника (файл,стандартный вход,блок,командная строка)и фактическим происхождением (путь к конфигурационному файлу,ссылка или blob id,если применимо).

—show-scope

Подобно --show-origin в том, что он дополняет вывод всех запрошенных параметров конфигурации областью действия этого значения (рабочее дерево, локальное, глобальное, системное, командное).

—get-colorbool <имя> [<stdout-is-tty>]

Найдите настройку цвета для <name> (например color.diff ) и выведите «true» или «false». <stdout-is-tty> должен быть либо «true», либо «false» и учитывается, когда в конфигурации указано «auto». Если <stdout-is-tty> отсутствует, то проверяется стандартный вывод самой команды и завершается со статусом 0, если нужно использовать цвет, или со статусом 1 в противном случае. Если настройка цвета для name не определена, команда использует color.ui в качестве запасного варианта.

—get-color <имя> [<по умолчанию>]

Найдите цвет, настроенный для name (например, color.diff.new ), и выведите его как escape-последовательность цвета ANSI на стандартный вывод. Вместо этого используется необязательный параметр по default , если для name не настроен цвет .

--type=color [--default=<default>] предпочтительнее, чем --get-color (но обратите внимание, что --get-color будет опускать завершающую новую --type=color напечатанную —type = color ).

-e
—edit

Открывает редактор для изменения указанного файла конфигурации; либо --system , --global , либо репозиторий (по умолчанию).

—[no-]includes

Уважайте include.* Директиву в конфигурационных файлах при поиске значения. Значения по умолчанию для off , когда конкретный файл дан (например, с использованием --file , --global и т.д.) и on при поиске всех конфигурационных файлов.

—default <value>

При использовании --get , а запрошенная переменная не найдена, ведите себя так, как если бы <value> было значением, присвоенным этой переменной.

Теперь, когда Git установлен в вашей системе, самое время настроить среду для работы с Git’ом под себя. Это нужно сделать только один раз — при обновлении версии Git’а настройки сохранятся. Но, при необходимости, вы можете поменять их в любой момент, выполнив те же команды снова.

В состав Git’а входит утилита git config, которая позволяет просматривать и настраивать параметры, контролирующие все аспекты работы Git’а, а также его внешний вид. Эти параметры могут быть сохранены в трёх местах:

1) C:Program Files (x86)Gitetcgitconfig (У вас может быть другой путь, это зависит от того куда вы установили Git.) Этот файл содержит значения, общие для всех пользователей системы и для всех их репозиториев. Если при запуске git config указать параметр —system, то параметры будут читаться и сохраняться именно в этот файл.

2) Файл .gitconfig в домашнем каталоге пользователя %userprofile%  Этот файл хранит настройки конкретного пользователя. Этот файл используется при указании параметра —global.

3) Файл config в каталоге Git’а (т.е. .gitconfig) в том репозитории, который вы используете в данный момент, хранит настройки конкретного репозитория. Этот файл используется при указании параметра —local.

Настройки на каждом следующем уровне подменяют настройки из предыдущих уровней, то есть значения в .git/config перекрывают соответствующие значения в /etc/gitconfig.

Задаем имя пользователя

Первое, что вам следует сделать после установки Git’а, — указать ваше имя и адрес электронной почты. Это важно, потому что каждый коммит в Git’е содержит эту информацию, и она включена в коммиты, передаваемые вами, и не может быть далее изменена:

$ git config —global user.name «John Doe»
$ git config —global user.email johndoe@example.com

Опять же, если указана опция —global, то эти настройки достаточно сделать только один раз, поскольку в этом случае Git будет использовать эти данные для всего, что вы делаете в этой системе. Если для каких-то отдельных проектов вы хотите указать другое имя или электронную почту, можно выполнить эту же команду без параметра —global в каталоге с нужным проектом.

Проверка настроек

Если вы хотите проверить используемую конфигурацию, можете использовать команду git config —list, чтобы показать все настройки, которые Git найдёт:

$ git config —list
user.name=John Doe
user.email=johndoe@example.com
color.status=auto
color.branch=auto
color.interactive=auto
color.diff=auto

Некоторые ключи (названия) настроек могут появиться несколько раз, потому что Git читает один и тот же ключ из разных файлов (например из etcgitconfig и %userprofile%.gitconfig). В этом случае Git использует последнее значение для каждого ключа.

Также вы можете проверить значение конкретного ключа, выполнив git config <key>:

$ git config user.name
John Doe

Ну и как получить помощь по командам Git

Если вам нужна помощь при использовании Git, есть три способа открыть страницу руководства по любой команде Git:

$ git help <verb>
$ git <verb> —help
$ man git-<verb>

Например, так можно открыть руководство по команде config

$ git help config

Эти команды хороши тем, что ими можно пользоваться всегда, даже без подключения к сети.

Выбор редактора

Теперь, когда вы указали своё имя, самое время выбрать текстовый редактор, который будет использоваться, если будет нужно набрать сообщение в Git’е. По умолчанию Git использует стандартный редактор вашей системы, которым обычно является Vim. Но по мне это редактор для мазохистов.

Поэтому я решил настроить Notepad++ как редактор сообщений к коммитам. Notepad ++ можно скачать тут. Я его выбрал потому что он нормально работает с юникодом, ну и вообще не плохой бесплатный текстовый редактор и портабельный к тому же. Вы можете выбрать любой другой.

Я скачал портабельную версию и разархивировал. Теперь его надо добавить как редактор в Git. Для этого сперва добавляем путь к каталогу куда разархивировали Notepad++ в системную переменную PATH.

И затем в git даем команду

$ git config —local core.editor «notepad++.exe -multiInst -nosession -notabbar -noPlugin»

После этой команды в секции [core] локального файла конфига .git/config появится такая строчка

editor = notepad++.exe -multiInst -nosession -notabbar -noPlugin

В принципе эту строчку можно добавить туда и в ручную в любом текстовом редакторе.

Есть и другой способ, без использования команды core.editor, но путь все же должен быть прописан в переменной PATH. Можно добавить переменную окружения windows GIT_EDITOR и прописать туда строчку notepad++.exe -multiInst -nosession -notabbar -noPlugin.

Git00015

В данном случае это будет работать для всех проектов данного пользователя. Так как это пользовательская переменная. Если же такую же переменную сделать системной, то она будет работать для всех пользователей. Хочу еще раз отметить, что при использовании переменной GIT_EDITOR нет необходимости давать команду настроек core.editor.

Для чего служат ключи запуска notepad++ в этой команде можете почитать в справке к редактору.

Есть другие два способа добавить Notepad++ как редактор коммитов без изменения системной переменной PATH.

Например, если вы разархивировали его в папку C:Notepad++

то в файл конфига в секцию [core] надо добавить строчку

editor =»C:/Notepad++/notepad++.exe» -multiInst -nosession -notabbar –noPlugin

Так тоже можно сделать, дабы не захламлять переменную PATH.

Ну и используя переменную окружения Windows GIT_EDITOR, но в данном случае в ней уже надо будет прописать полный путь к Notepad++. Это тоже способ без использования переменной PATH.

Прописываем строчку

«C:\Notepad++\notepad++.exe» -multiInst -nosession –notabbar

Git00016

Внимательней с этой строкой. В отличие от предыдущего использования переменной GIT_EDITOR нужны кавычки и двойные слеши.

В Windows 8.1 Pro x64 у меня почему-то строчка запуска как Windows 7 не сработала, но я ее чуток переделал и стала работать вот такая строка

«C:\Notepad++\notepad++.exe» -notabbar -multiInst -nosession -noPlugin

В ходе экспериментов при всплытии по команде git commit, она предлагала то создать файл –notabbar или noPlugin. Но после того как я поправил строчку описанным выше способом все заработало нормально.

Итого есть аж четыре способа как настроить внешний редактор Notepad++ и Git.

Local Git configuration

In this section, we will prepare your local environment to work with Git.

Checking your Git version

First, let’s confirm your Git Installation:

If Git is installed, it will return your version: git version 2.33.1.

If you do not see a Git version listed or this command returns an error, you may need to install Git.

To get the latest version of Git, visit www.git-scm.com.

Git configuration levels

Git Configuration Levels

Git allows you to set configuration options at three different levels.

—system

These are system-wide configurations. They apply to all users on this computer.

—global

These are the user level configurations. They only apply to your user account.

—local

These are the repository level configurations. They only apply to the specific repository where they are set.

The default value for git config is --local.

Viewing your configurations

If you would like to see which config settings have been added automatically, you can type git config --list. This will automatically read from each of the three config files and list the setting they contain.

You can also narrow the list to a specific configuration level by including it before the list option.

git config --global --list

Configuring your name and email address

Git uses the config settings for your user name and email address to generate a unique fingerprint for each of the commits you create. You can’t create commits without these settings:

git config --global user.name "First-name Surname"
git config --global user.email "you@email.com"

Example:

git config --global user.name "Mona Octocat"
git config --global user.email "mona@github.com"

Tip: If you make a typo when setting one of your config properties, don’t worry. You can rerun the same git config command with different values between the double quotes to update the property to a new value. If you typo a property name, you can delete the property with the following command:

git config --global --unset <property_name>

Git config and your privacy

The instructions for this exercise use the --global flag when identifying your user.name and user.email configuration settings. If you are currently using a computer without a private, personal account, don’t apply the --global flag. This way, the settings will only be stored in our assignment repository. If you work in another repository on this same computer, you will need to set these configuration options again.

For example:

git config user.email "you@email.com"

Your name and email address will automatically be stored in the commits you make with Git. If you would like your email to remain private, GitHub allows you to generate a no-reply email address for your account. Click the Keep my email address private in the Settings > Emails section. After enabling this feature, you just need to enter the automatically generated ID+username@users.noreply.github.com when configuring your email.

For example:

git config --global user.email 18249274+githubteacher@users.noreply.github.com

Configuring autocrlf

//for Windows users
git config --global core.autocrlf true

//for Mac or Linux users
git config --global core.autocrlf input

Different systems handle line endings and line breaks differently. If you open a file created on another system and do not have this config option set, Git will think you made changes to the file based on the way your system handles this type of file.

Memory Tip: autocrlf stands for auto carriage return line feed.

Время на прочтение
17 мин

Количество просмотров 125K

Оглавление

Предисловие
1. Настройка git
….1.1 Конфигурационные файлы
….1.2 Настройки по умолчанию
….1.3 Псевдонимы (aliases)
2. Основы git
….2.1 Создание репозитория
….2.2 Состояние файлов
….2.3 Работа с индексом
….2.4 Работа с коммитами
….2.5 Просмотр истории
….2.6 Работа с удалённым репозиторием
3. Ветвление в git
….3.1 Базовые операций
….3.2 Слияние веток
….3.3 Rerere
4. Указатели в git
….4.1 Перемещение указателей
5. Рекомендуемая литература

Предисловие

Git — самая популярная распределённая система контроля версиями.[1][2]

Основное предназначение Git – это сохранение снимков последовательно улучшающихся состояний вашего проекта (Pro git, 2019).

Эта статья для тех, кто имеет по крайней мере базовые знания и навык работы с git и желает расширить свои знания.

Здесь рассматриваются только технические аспекты git’а, для более подробного погружения в философию git’а и его внутреннюю реализацию, советую прочитать несколько полезных книг (см. Рекомендуемая литература).

1. Настройка git

Прежде чем начинать работу с git необходимо его настроить под себя!

1.1 Конфигурационные файлы

  • /etc/gitconfig — Общие настройки для всех пользователей и репозиториев
  • ~/.gitconfig или ~/.config/git/config — Настройки конкретного пользователя
  • .git/config — Настройки для конкретного репозитория

Есть специальная команда

git config [<опции>]

которая позволит вам изменить стандартное поведение git, если это необходимо, но вы можете редактировать конфигурационные файлы в ручную (я считаю так быстрее).

В зависимости какой параметр вы передадите команде git config (—system, —global, —local), настройки будут записываются в один из этих файлов. Каждый из этих “уровней” (системный, глобальный, локальный) переопределяет значения предыдущего уровня!

Что бы посмотреть в каком файле, какие настройки установлены используйте git config —list —show-origin.

Игнорирование файлов
В git вы сами решаете какие файлы и в какой коммит попадут, но возможно вы бы хотели, что бы определённые файлы никогда не попали в индекс и в коммит, да и вообще не отображались в списке не отлеживаемых. Для этого вы можете создать специальный файл (.gitignore) в вашем репозитории и записать туда шаблон игнорируемых файлов. Если вы не хотите создавать такой файл в каждом репозитории вы можете определить его глобально с помощью core.excludesfile (см. Полезные настройки). Вы также можете скачать готовый .gitignore file для языка программирования на котором вы работаете.
Для настройки .gitignore используйте регулярные выражения bash.

1.2 Настройки по умолчанию

Есть куча настроек git’а как для сервера так и для клиента, здесь будут рассмотрены только основные настройки клиента.

Используйте

git config name value

где name это название параметра, а value его значение, для того что бы задать настройки.
Пример:

git config --global core.editor nano

установит редактор по умолчанию nano.

Вы можете посмотреть значение существующего параметра с помощью git config —get [name] где name это параметр, значение которого вы хотите получить.

Полезные настройки:

  • user.name — Имя, которое будет использоваться при создании коммита
  • user.email — Email, который будет использоваться при создании коммита
  • core.excludesfile — Файл, шаблон которого будет использоваться для игнорирования определённых файлов глобально
  • core.editor — Редактор по умолчанию
  • commit.template — Файл, содержимое которого будет использоваться для сообщения коммита по умолчанию (См. Работа с коммитами).
  • help.autocorrect — При установке значения 1, git будет выполнять неправильно написанные команды.
  • credential.helper [mode] — Устанавливает режим хранения учётных данных. [cache] — учётные данные сохраняются на определённый период, пароли не сохраняются (—timeout [seconds] количество секунд после которого данные удаляются, по умолчанию 15 мин). [store] — учётные данные сохраняются на неограниченное время в открытом виде (—file [file] указывает путь для хранения данных, по умолчанию ~/.git-credentials).

1.3 Псевдонимы (aliases)

Если вы не хотите печатать каждую команду для Git целиком, вы легко можете настроить псевдонимы. Для создания псевдонима используйте:

git config alias.SHORT_NAME COMMAND

где SHORT_NAME это имя для сокращения, а COMMAND команда(ы) которую нужно сократить. Пример:

git config --global alias.last 'log -1 HEAD'

после выполнения этой команды вы можете просматривать информацию о последнем коммите на текущей ветке выполнив git last.

Я советую вам использовать следующие сокращения (вы также можете определить любые свои):

  • st = status
  • ch = checkout
  • br = branch
  • mg = merge
  • cm = commit
  • reb = rebase
  • lg = «git log —pretty=format:’%h — %ar: %s’»

Для просмотра настроек конфигурации используйте: git config —list.

2. Основы git

Здесь перечислены только обязательные и полезные (на мой взгляд) параметры, ибо перечисление всех неуместно. Для этого используйте git command -help или —help, где command — название команды справку о который вы хотите получить.

2.1 Создание репозитория

  • git init [<опции>] — Создаёт git репозитории и директорию .git в текущей директории (или в директории указанной после —separate-git-dir <каталог-git>, в этом случае директория .git будет находится в другом месте);
  • git clone [<опции>] [—] <репозиторий> [<каталог>] [-o, —origin <имя>] [-b, —branch <ветка>] [—single-branch] [—no-tags] [—separate-git-dir <каталог-git>] [-c, —config <ключ=значение>] — Клонирует репозитории с названием origin (или с тем которое вы укажите -o <имя>), находясь на той ветке, на которую указывает HEAD (или на той которую вы укажите -b <ветка>). Также вы можете клонировать только необходимую ветку HEAD (или ту которую укажите в -b <ветка>) указав —single-branch. По умолчанию клонируются все метки, но указав —no-tags вы можете не клонировать их. После выполнения команды создаётся директория .git в текущей директории (или в директории указанной после —separate-git-dir <каталог-git>, в этом случае директория .git будет находится в другом месте);

2.2 Состояние файлов

Для просмотра состояния файлов в вашем репозитории используйте:

git status [<опции>]

Эта команда может показать вам: на какой ветке вы сейчас находитесь и состояние всех файлов. Обязательных опций нет, из полезных можно выделить разве что -s которая покажет краткое представление о состояний файлов.

Жизненный цикл файловimage
Как видно на картинке файлы могут быть не отслеживаемые (Untracked) и отслеживаемые. Отслеживаемые файлы могут находится в 3 состояниях: Не изменено (Unmodified), изменено (Modified), подготовленное (Staged).
Если вы добавляете (с помощью git add) «Не отслеживаемый» файл, то он переходит в состояние «Подготовлено».
Если вы изменяете файл в состояния «Не изменено», то он переходит в состояние «Изменено». Если вы сохраняете изменённый файл (то есть находящийся в состоянии «Изменено») он переходит в состояние «Подготовлено». Если вы делаете коммит файла (то есть находящийся в состоянии «Подготовлено») он переходит в состояние «Не изменено».
Если версии файла в HEAD и рабочей директории отличаются, то файл будет находится в состояний «Изменено», иначе (если версия в HEAD и в рабочем каталоге одинакова») файл будет находится в состояний «Не изменено».
Если версия файла в HEAD отличается от рабочего каталога, но не отличается от версии в индексе, то файл будет в состоянии «Подготовлено».

Этот цикл можно представить следующим образом:
Unmodified -> Modified -> Staged -> Unmodified
То есть вы изменяете файл сохраняете его в индексе и делаете коммит и потом все сначала.

2.3 Работа с индексом

Надеюсь вы поняли, как выглядит жизненный цикл git репозитория. Теперь разберём как вы можете управлять индексом и файлами в вашем git репозитории.

Индекс — промежуточное место между вашим прошлым коммитом и следующим. Вы можете добавлять или удалять файлы из индекса. Когда вы делаете коммит в него попадают данные из индекса, а не из рабочей области.

Что бы просмотреть индекс, используйте git status.

Что бы добавить файлы в индекс используйте

git add [<опции>]

Полезные параметры команды git add:

  • -f, —force — добавить также игнорируемые файлы
  • -u, —update — обновить отслеживаемые файлы

Что бы удалить файлы из индекса вы можете использовать 2 команды git reset и git restore.
git-restore — восстановит файлы рабочего дерева.
git-reset — сбрасывает текущий HEAD до указанного состояния.
По сути вы можете добиться одного и того же с помощью обеих команд.

Что бы удалить из индекса некоторые файлы используйте:

git restore --staged <file>

таким образом вы восстановите ваш индекс (или точнее удалите конкретные файлы из индекса), будто бы git add после последнего коммита не выполнялся для них. С помощью этой команды вы можете восстановить и рабочую директорию, что бы она выглядела так, будто бы после коммита не выполнялось никаких изменений. Вот только эта команда имеет немного странное поведение — если вы добавили в индекс новую версию вашего файла вы не можете изменить вашу рабочую директорию, пока индекс отличается от HEAD. Поэтому вам сначала нужно восстановить ваш индекс и только потом рабочую директорию. К сожалению сделать это одной командой не возможно так как при передаче обеих аргументов (git restore -SW) не происходит ничего. И точно также при передаче -W тоже ничего не произойдет если файл в индексе и HEAD разный. Наверное, это сделали для защиты что бы вы случайно не изменили вашу рабочую директорию. Но в таком случае почему аргумент -W передаётся по умолчанию? В общем мне не понятно зачем было так сделано и для чего вообще была добавлена эта команда. По мне так reset справляется с этой задачей намного лучше, да и еще и имеет более богатый функционал так как может перемещать индекс и рабочую директорию не только на последний коммит но и на любой другой.

Но собственно разработчики рекомендуют для сброса индекса использовать именно git restore -S . Вместо git reset HEAD .

С помощью git status вы можете посмотреть какие файлы изменились но если вы также хотите узнать что именно изменилось в файлах то воспользуйтесь командой:

git diff [<options>]

таким образом выполнив команду без аргументов вы можете сравнить ваш индекс с рабочей директорией. Если вы уже добавил в индекс файлы, то используйте git diff —cached что бы посмотреть различия между последним коммитом (или тем который вы укажите) и рабочей директории. Вы также можете посмотреть различия между двумя коммитами или ветками передав их как аргумент. Пример: git diff 00656c 3d5119 покажет различия между коммитом 00656c и 3d5119.

2.4 Работа с коммитами

Теперь, когда ваш индекс находится в нужном состояний, пора сделать коммит ваших изменений. Запомните, что все файлы для которых вы не выполнили git add после момента редактирования — не войдут в этот коммит. На деле файлы в нём будут, но только их старая версия (если таковая имеется).

Для того что бы сделать коммит ваших изменений используйте:

git commit [<опции>]

Полезные опции команды git commit:

  • -F, —file [file] — Записать сообщение коммита из указанного файла
  • —author [author] — Подменить автора коммита
  • —date [date] — Подменить дату коммита
  • -m, —mesage [message] — Сообщение коммита
  • -a, —all — Закоммитеть все изменения в файлах
  • -i, —include [files…] — Добавить в индекс указанные файлы для следующего коммита
  • -o, —only [files…] — Закоммитеть только указанные файлы
  • —amend — Перезаписать предыдущий коммит

Вы можете определить сообщение для коммита по умолчанию с помощью commit.template. Эта директива в конфигурационном файле отвечает за файл содержимое которого будет использоваться для коммита по умолчанию. Пример: git config —global commit.template ~/.gitmessage.txt.

Вы также можете изменить, удалить, объединить любой коммит.
Как вы уже могли заметить вы можете быстро перезаписать последний коммит с помощью git commit —amend.
Для изменения коммитом в вашей истории используйте

git rebase -i <commit>

где commit это верхний коммит в вашей цепочке с которого вы бы хотели что либо изменить.

После выполнения git rebase -i в интерактивном меню выберите что вы хотите сделать.

  • pick <коммит> = использовать коммит
  • reword <коммит> = использовать коммит, но изменить сообщение коммита
  • edit <коммит> = использовать коммит, но остановиться для исправления
  • squash <коммит> = использовать коммит, но объединить с предыдущим коммитом
  • fixup <коммит> = как «squash», но пропустить сообщение коммита
  • exec <команда> = выполнить команду (остаток строки) с помощью командной оболочки
  • break = остановиться здесь (продолжить с помощью «git rebase —continue»)
  • drop <коммит> = удалить коммит
  • label <метка> = дать имя текущему HEAD
  • reset <метка> = сбросить HEAD к указанной метке

Для изменения сообщения определённого коммита.
Необходимо изменить pick на edit над коммитом который вы хотите изменить.
Пример: вы хотите изменить сообщение коммита 750f5ae.

pick 2748cb4 first commit
edit 750f5ae second commit
pick 716eb99 third commit

После сохранения скрипта вы вернётесь в командную строку и git скажет что необходимо делать дальше:

Остановлено на 750f5ae … second commit
You can amend the commit now, with

git commit —amend

Once you are satisfied with your changes, run

git rebase —continue

Как указанно выше необходимо выполнить git commit —amend для того что бы изменить сообщение коммита. После чего выполнить git rebase —continue. Если вы выбрали несколько коммитов для изменения названия то данные операций необходимо будет проделать над каждым коммитом.

Для удаления коммита
Необходимо удалить строку с коммитом.
Пример: вы хотите удалить коммит 750f5ae
Нужно изменить скрипт с такого:
pick 2748cb4 third commit
pick 750f5ae second commit
pick 716eb99 first commit
на такой:
pick 2748cb4 first commit
pick 716eb99 third commit

Для объединения коммитов
Необходимо изменить pick на squash над коммитами которые вы хотите объединить.
Пример: вы хотите объединить коммиты 750f5ae и 716eb99.
Необходимо изменить скрипт с такого:
pick 2748cb4 third commit
pick 750f5ae second commit
pick 716eb99 first commit
На такой
pick 2748cb4 third commit
squash 750f5ae second commit
squash 716eb99 first commit

Заметьте что в интерактивном скрипте коммиты изображены в обратном порядке нежели в git log. С помощью squash вы объедините коммит 750f5ae с 716eb99, а 750f5ae с 2748cb4. В итоге получая один коммит содержащий изменения всех трёх.

2.5 Просмотр истории

С помощью команды

git log [<опции>] [<диапазон-редакций>]

вы можете просматривать историю коммитов вашего репозитория. Есть также куча параметров для сортировки и поиска определённого коммита.

Полезные параметры команды git log:

  • -p — Показывает разницу для каждого коммита.
  • —stat — Показывает статистику измененных файлов для каждого коммита.
  • —graph — Отображает ASCII граф с ветвлениями и историей слияний.

Тагже можно отсортировать коммиты по времени, количеству и тд.

  • -(n) Показывает только последние n коммитов.
  • —since, —after — Показывает коммиты, сделанные после указанной даты.
  • —until, —before — Показывает коммиты, сделанные до указанной даты.
  • —author — Показывает только те коммиты, в которых запись author совпадает с указанной строкой.
  • —committer — Показывает только те коммиты, в которых запись committer совпадает с указанной строкой.
  • —grep — Показывает только коммиты, сообщение которых содержит указанную строку.
  • -S — Показывает только коммиты, в которых изменение в коде повлекло за собой добавление или удаление указанной строки.

Вот несколько примеров:
git log —since=3.weeks — Покажет коммиты за последние 2 недели
git log —since=«2019-01-14» — Покажет коммиты сделанные 2019-01-14
git log —since=«2 years 1 day ago» — Покажет коммиты сделанные 2 года и один день назад.

Также вы можете настроить свои формат вывода коммитов с помощью

git log --format:["format"]

Варианты форматирования для git log —format.

  • %H — Хеш коммита
  • %h — Сокращенный хеш коммита
  • %T — Хеш дерева
  • %t — Сокращенный хеш дерева
  • %P — Хеш родителей
  • %p — Сокращенный хеш родителей
  • %an — Имя автора — %ae — Электронная почта автора
  • %ad — Дата автора (формат даты можно задать опцией —date=option)
  • %ar — Относительная дата автора
  • %cn — Имя коммитера
  • %ce — Электронная почта коммитера
  • %cd — Дата коммитера
  • %cr — Относительная дата коммитера
  • %s — Содержание

Пример:

git log --pretty=format:"%h - %ar : %s"

покажет список коммитов состоящий из хэша времени и сообщения коммита.

2.6 Работа с удалённым репозиторием

Так как git это распределённая СКВ вы можете работать не только с локальными но и с внешними репозиториеми.

Удалённые репозитории представляют собой версии вашего проекта, сохранённые на внешнем сервере.

Для работы с внешними репозиториями используйте:

git remote [<options>]

Если вы с клонировали репозитории через http URL то у вас уже имеется ссылка на внешний. В другом случае вы можете добавить её с помощью

git remote add [<options>] <name> <adres>

Вы можете тут же извлечь внешние ветки с помощью -f, —fetch (вы получите имена и состояние веток внешнего репозитория). Вы можете настроить репозитории только на отправку или получение данных с помощью —mirror[=(push|fetch)]. Для получения меток укажите —tags.

Для просмотра подключённых внешних репозиториев используйте git remote без аргументов или git remote -v для просмотра адресов на отправку и получение данных от репозитория.

Для отслеживания веток используйте git branch -u <rep/br> где rep это название репозитория, br название внешней ветки, а branch название локальной ветки. Либо git branch —set-upstream local_br origin/br для того что бы указать какая именно локальная ветка будет отслеживать внешнюю ветку.

Когда ваша ветка отслеживает внешнюю вы можете узнать какая ветка (локальная или внешняя) отстаёт или опережает и на сколько коммитов. К примеру если после коммита вы не выполняли git push то ваша ветка будет опережать внешнюю на 1 коммит. Вы можете узнать об этом выполнив git branch -vv, но прежде выполните git fetch [remote-name] (—all для получения обновления со всех репозиториев) что бы получить актуальные данные из внешнего репозитория. Для отмены отслеживания ветки используйте git branch —unset-upstream [<local_branch>].

Для загрузки данных с внешнего репозитория используйте git pull [rep] [branch]. Если ваши ветки отслеживают внешние, то можете не указывать их при выполнение git pull. По умолчанию вы получите данные со всех отслеживаемых веток.

Для загрузки веток на новую ветку используйте git checkout -b <new_branch_name> <rep/branch>.

Для отправки данных на сервер используйте

git push [<rep>] [<br>]

где rep это название внешнего репозитория, а br локальная ветка которую вы хотите отправить. Также вы можете использовать такую запись git push origin master:dev. Таким образом вы выгрузите вашу локальную ветку master на origin (но там она будет называется dev). Вы не сможете отправить данные во внешний репозитории если у вас нет на это прав. Также вы не сможете отправить данные на внешнюю ветку если она опережает вашу (в общем то отправить вы можете используя -f, —forse в этом случае вы перепишите историю на внешнем репозитории). Вы можете не указывать название ветки если ваша ветка отслеживает внешнюю.

Для удаления внешних веток используйте

git push origin --delete branch_name

Для получения подробной информации о внешнем репозитории (адреса для отправки и получения, на что указывает HEAD, внешние ветки, локальные ветки настроенные для git pull и локальные ссылки настроенные для git push)

git remote show <remote_name>

Для переименования названия внешнего репозитория используйте

git remote rename <last_name> <new_name>

Для удаления ссылки на внешний репозитории используйте

git remote rm <name>

3. Ветвление в git

Ветвление это мощные инструмент и одна из главных фич git’а поскольку позволяет вам быстро создавать и переключатся между различным ветками вашего репозитория. Главная концепция ветвления состоит в том что вы можете откланяться от основной линии разработки и продолжать работу независимо от нее, не вмешиваясь в основную линию. Ветка всегда указывает на последний коммит в ней, а HEAD указывает на текущую ветку (см. Указатели в git).

3.1 Базовые операций

Для создания ветки используйте

git branch <branch_name> [<start_commit>]

Здесь branch_name это название для новой ветки, а start_commit это коммит на который будет указывать ветка (то есть последний коммит в ней). По умолчанию ветка будет находится на последнем коммите родительской ветки.

Опции git branch:

  • -r | -a [—merged | —no-merged] — Список отслеживаемых внешних веток -r. Список и отслеживаемых и локальных веток -a. Список слитых веток —merged. Список не слитых веток —no-merged.
  • -l, -f <имя-ветки> [<точка-начала>] — Список имён веток -l. Принудительное создание, перемещение или удаление ветки -f. Создание новой ветки <имя ветки>.
  • -r (-d | -D) — Выполнить действие на отслеживаемой внешней ветке -r. Удалить слитую ветку -d. Принудительное удаление (даже не слитой ветки) -D.
  • -m | -M [<Старая ветка>] <Новая ветка> — Переместить/переименовать ветки и ее журнал ссылок (-m). Переместить/переименовать ветку, даже если целевое имя уже существует -M.
  • (-с | -С) [<старая-ветка>] <новая-ветка> — Скопировать ветку и её журнал ссылок -c. Скопировать ветку, даже если целевое имя уже существует -C.
  • -v, -vv — Список веток с последним коммитом на ветке -v. Список и состояние отслеживаемых веток с последним коммитом на них.

Больше информации смотрите в git branch -h | —help.

Для переключения на ветку используйте git checkout . Также вы можете создать ветку выполнив git checkout -b <ветка>.

3.2 Слияние веток

Для слияния 2 веток git репозитория используйте git merge .

Полезные параметры для git merge:

  • —squash — Создать один коммит вместо выполнения слияния. Если у вас есть конфликт на ветках, то после его устранения у вас на ветке прибавится 2 коммита (коммит с сливаемой ветки + коммит слияния), но указав этот аргумент у вас прибавится только один коммит (коммит слияния).
  • —ff-only — Не выполнять слияние если имеется конфликт. Пусть кто ни будь другой разрешает конфликты :D
  • -X [strategy] — Использовать выбранную стратегию слияния.
  • —abort — Отменить выполнение слияния.

Процесс слияния.
Если вы не выполняли на родительской ветке новых коммитов то слияние сводится к быстрой перемотке «fast-forward», будто бы вы не создавали новую ветку, а все изменения происходили прям тут (на родительской ветке).

Если вы выполняли коммиты на обеих ветках, но при этом не создали конфликт, то слияния пройдёт в «recursive strategy», то есть вам просто нужно будет создать коммит слияния что бы применить изменения (используйте опцию —squash что бы не создавать лишний коммит).
Если вы выполняли коммиты на обоих ветках, которые внесли разные изменения в одну и ту же часть одного и того же файла, то вам придётся устранить конфликт и зафиксировать слияние коммитом.

При разрешении конфликта вам необходимо выбрать какую часть изменений из двух веток вы хотите оставить. При открытии конфликтующего файла, в нём будет содержатся следующее:
<<<<<<< HEAD
Тут будет версия изменения последнего коммита текущей ветки
======
Тут будет версия изменений последнего коммита сливаемой ветки
>>>>>>> Тут название ветки с которой сливаем

Разрешив конфликт вы должны завершить слияния выполнив коммит.

Во время конфликта вы можете посмотреть какие различия в каких файлах имеются.
git diff —ours — Разница до слияния и после
git diff —theirs — Разница сливаемой ветки до слияния и после
git diff —base — Разница с обеими ветками до слияния и после

Если вы не хотите разрешать слияние то используйте различные стратегии слияния, выбрав либо «нашу» версию (то есть ту которая находится на текущей ветке) либо выбрать «их» версию находящуюся на сливаемой ветке при этом не исправляя конфликт. Выполните git merge —Xours или git merge —Xtheirs соответственно.

3.3 Rerere

Rerere — «reuse recorded resolution” — “повторное использование сохраненных разрешений конфликтов». Механизм rerere способен запомнить каким образом вы разрешали некую часть конфликта в прошлом и провести автоматическое исправление конфликта при возникновении его в следующий раз.

Что бы включить rerere выполните

git config --global rerere.enabled true

Таrже вы можите включить rerere создав каталог .git/rr-cache в нужном репозитории.

Используйте git rerere status для того что бы посмотреть для каких файлов rerere сохранил снимки состояния до начала слияния.

Используйте git rerere diff для просмотра текущего состояния конфликта.

Если во время слияния написано: Resolved ‘nameFile’ using previous resolution. Значит rerere уже устранил конфликт используя кэш.

Для отмены автоматического устранения конфликта используйте git checkout —conflict=merge таким образом вы отмените авто устранение конфликта и вернёте файл(ы) в состояние конфликта для ручного устранения.

4. Указатели в git

в git есть такие указатели как HEAD branch. По сути всё очень просто HEAD указывает на текущую ветку, а ветка указывает на последний коммит в ней. Но для понимания лучше представлять что HEAD указывает на последний коммит.

4.1 Перемещение указателей

В книге Pro git приводится очень хороший пример того как вы можете управлять вашим репозиторием поэтому я тоже буду придерживается его. Представите что Git управляет содержимым трех различных деревьев. Здесь под “деревом” понимается “набор файлов”.
В своих обычных операциях Git управляет тремя деревьями:

  • HEAD — Снимок последнего коммита, родитель следующего
  • Индекс — Снимок следующего намеченного коммита
  • Рабочий Каталог — Песочница

Собственно git предоставляет инструменты для манипулировании всеми тремя деревьями. Далее будет рассмотрена команда git reset, позволяющая работать с тремя деревьями вашего репозитория.

Используя различные опций этой команды вы можете:

  • —soft — Cбросить только HEAD
  • —mixed — Cбросить HEAD и индекс
  • —hard — Cбросить HEAD, индекс и рабочий каталог

Под сбросить понимается переместить на указанный коммит. По умолчанию выполняется —mixed.

Примеру 1. Вы сделали 3 лишних коммита каждый из которых приносит маленькие изменения и вы хотите сделать из них один, таким образом вы можете с помощью git reset —soft переместить указатель HEAD при этом оставив индекс и рабочий каталог нетронутым и сделать коммит. В итоге в вашей истории будет выглядеть так, что все изменения произошли в одном коммите.

Пример 2. Вы добавили в индекс лишние файлы и хотите их от туда убрать. Для этого вы можете использовать git reset HEAD <files…>. Или вы хотите что бы в коммите файлы выглядели как пару коммитов назад. Как я уже говорил ранее вы можете сбросить индекс на любой коммит в отличий от git restore который сбрасывает только до последнего коммита. Только с опцией mixed вы можете применить действие к указанному файлу!

Пример 3. Вы начали работать над новой фичей на вашем проекте, но вдруг работодатель говорит что она более не нужна и вы в порыве злости выполняете git reset —hard возвращая ваш индекс, файлы и HEAD к тому моменту когда вы ещё не начали работать над фичей. А на следующей день вам говорят, что фичу всё таки стоит запилить. Но что же делать? Как же переместится вперёд ведь вы откатили все 3 дерева и теперь в истории с помощью git log их не найти. А выход есть — это журнал ссылок git reflog. С помощью этой команды вы можете посмотреть куда указывал HEAD и переместится не только вниз по истории коммитов но и вверх. Этот журнал является локальным для каждого пользователя.

В общем думаю вы сможете придумать намного больше примеров чем я. В заключение скажу, что с помощью git reset можно творить магию…

5. Рекомендуемая литература

  1. Pro git — Scott Chacon
  2. Git для профессионального программиста — С. Чакон, Б, Штрауб
  3. Git Essentials — F. Santacroce
  4. Git: Version Control for Everyone (2013) — R. Somasundaram
  5. Version Control with Git: Powerful tools and techniques for collaborative software development (2009) — J. Loeliger, M. McCullough
  6. Practical Git and GitHub (2016) — D. Cruz
  7. Git in Practice (2016) — M. McQuaid
  8. Git Best Practices Guide (2014) — E. Pidoux
  9. Learn Enough Git to Be Dangerous (2016) — M. Hartl
  10. Learn Version Control with Git: A step-by-step course for the complete beginner (2014) — T. Günther
  11. Git: Learn Version Control with Git: A step-by-step Ultimate beginners Guide (2017) — D. Hutten
  12. Pragmatic Guide to Git (2010) — S. Travis
  13. Волшебство Git (2016) — Б. Лин
  14. A Hacker’s Guide to Git (2014) — J. Wynn
  15. Practical Git and GitHub (2016) — D. Cruz
  16. Deploying to OpenShift(2018) — G. Dumpleton
  17. Git for Teams (2015) — Emma Jane Hogbin Westby

SYNOPSIS

git config [<file-option>] [type] [—show-origin] [-z|—null] name [value [value_regex]]
git config [<file-option>] [type] —add name value
git config [<file-option>] [type] —replace-all name value [value_regex]
git config [<file-option>] [type] [—show-origin] [-z|—null] —get name [value_regex]
git config [<file-option>] [type] [—show-origin] [-z|—null] —get-all name [value_regex]
git config [<file-option>] [type] [—show-origin] [-z|—null] [—name-only] —get-regexp name_regex [value_regex]
git config [<file-option>] [type] [-z|—null] —get-urlmatch name URL
git config [<file-option>] —unset name [value_regex]
git config [<file-option>] —unset-all name [value_regex]
git config [<file-option>] —rename-section old_name new_name
git config [<file-option>] —remove-section name
git config [<file-option>] [—show-origin] [-z|—null] [—name-only] -l | —list
git config [<file-option>] —get-color name [default]
git config [<file-option>] —get-colorbool name [stdout-is-tty]
git config [<file-option>] -e | —edit

DESCRIPTION

You can query/set/replace/unset options with this command. The name is actually the section and the key separated by a dot, and the value will be escaped.

Multiple lines can be added to an option by using the —add option. If you want to update or unset an option which can occur on multiple lines, a POSIX regexp value_regex needs to be given. Only the existing values that match the regexp are updated or unset. If you want to handle the lines that do not match the regex, just prepend a single exclamation mark in front (see also the section called «EXAMPLES»).

The type specifier can be either —int or —bool, to make git config ensure that the variable(s) are of the given type and convert the value to the canonical form (simple decimal number for int, a «true» or «false» string for bool), or —path, which does some path expansion (see —path below). If no type specifier is passed, no checks or transformations are performed on the value.

When reading, the values are read from the system, global and repository local configuration files by default, and options —system, —global, —local and —file <filename> can be used to tell the command to read from only that location (see the section called «FILES»).

When writing, the new value is written to the repository local configuration file by default, and options —system, —global, —file <filename> can be used to tell the command to write to that location (you can say —local but that is the default).

This command will fail with non-zero status upon error. Some exit codes are:

1.
The config file is invalid (ret=3),
2.
can not write to the config file (ret=4),
3.
no section or name was provided (ret=2),
4.
the section or key is invalid (ret=1),
5.
you try to unset an option which does not exist (ret=5),
6.
you try to unset/set an option for which multiple lines match (ret=5), or
7.
you try to use an invalid regexp (ret=6).

On success, the command returns the exit code 0.

—replace-all

Default behavior is to replace at most one line. This replaces all lines matching the key (and optionally the value_regex).

—add

Adds a new line to the option without altering any existing values. This is the same as providing
^$
as the value_regex in
—replace-all.

—get

Get the value for a given key (optionally filtered by a regex matching the value). Returns error code 1 if the key was not found and the last value if multiple key values were found.

—get-all

Like get, but does not fail if the number of values for the key is not exactly one.

—get-regexp

Like —get-all, but interprets the name as a regular expression and writes out the key names. Regular expression matching is currently case-sensitive and done against a canonicalized version of the key in which section and variable names are lowercased, but subsection names are not.

—get-urlmatch name URL

When given a two-part name section.key, the value for section.<url>.key whose <url> part matches the best to the given URL is returned (if no such key exists, the value for section.key is used as a fallback). When given just the section as name, do so for all the keys in the section and list them.

—global

For writing options: write to global
~/.gitconfig
file rather than the repository
.git/config, write to
$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config
file if this file exists and the
~/.gitconfig
file doesn’t.

For reading options: read only from global
~/.gitconfig
and from
$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config
rather than from all available files.

See also
the section called «FILES».

—system

For writing options: write to system-wide
$(prefix)/etc/gitconfig
rather than the repository
.git/config.

For reading options: read only from system-wide
$(prefix)/etc/gitconfig
rather than from all available files.

See also
the section called «FILES».

—local

For writing options: write to the repository
.git/config
file. This is the default behavior.

For reading options: read only from the repository
.git/config
rather than from all available files.

See also
the section called «FILES».

-f config-file, —file config-file

Use the given config file instead of the one specified by GIT_CONFIG.

—blob blob

Similar to
—file
but use the given blob instead of a file. E.g. you can use
master:.gitmodules
to read values from the file
.gitmodules
in the master branch. See «SPECIFYING REVISIONS» section in
gitrevisions(7)
for a more complete list of ways to spell blob names.

—remove-section

Remove the given section from the configuration file.

—rename-section

Rename the given section to a new name.

—unset

Remove the line matching the key from config file.

—unset-all

Remove all lines matching the key from config file.

-l, —list

List all variables set in config file, along with their values.

—bool

git config
will ensure that the output is «true» or «false»

—int

git config
will ensure that the output is a simple decimal number. An optional value suffix of
k,
m, or
g
in the config file will cause the value to be multiplied by 1024, 1048576, or 1073741824 prior to output.

—bool-or-int

git config
will ensure that the output matches the format of either —bool or —int, as described above.

—path

git-config
will expand leading
~
to the value of
$HOME, and
~user
to the home directory for the specified user. This option has no effect when setting the value (but you can use
git config bla ~/
from the command line to let your shell do the expansion).

-z, —null

For all options that output values and/or keys, always end values with the null character (instead of a newline). Use newline instead as a delimiter between key and value. This allows for secure parsing of the output without getting confused e.g. by values that contain line breaks.

—name-only

Output only the names of config variables for
—list
or
—get-regexp.

—show-origin

Augment the output of all queried config options with the origin type (file, standard input, blob, command line) and the actual origin (config file path, ref, or blob id if applicable).

—get-colorbool name [stdout-is-tty]

Find the color setting for
name
(e.g.
color.diff) and output «true» or «false».
stdout-is-tty
should be either «true» or «false», and is taken into account when configuration says «auto». If
stdout-is-tty
is missing, then checks the standard output of the command itself, and exits with status 0 if color is to be used, or exits with status 1 otherwise. When the color setting for
name
is undefined, the command uses
color.ui
as fallback.

—get-color name [default]

Find the color configured for
name
(e.g.
color.diff.new) and output it as the ANSI color escape sequence to the standard output. The optional
default
parameter is used instead, if there is no color configured for
name.

-e, —edit

Opens an editor to modify the specified config file; either
—system,
—global, or repository (default).

—[no-]includes

Respect
include.*
directives in config files when looking up values. Defaults to
off
when a specific file is given (e.g., using
—file,
—global, etc) and
on
when searching all config files.

FILES

If not set explicitly with —file, there are four files where git config will search for configuration options:

$(prefix)/etc/gitconfig

System-wide configuration file.

$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config

Second user-specific configuration file. If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is not set or empty,
$HOME/.config/git/config
will be used. Any single-valued variable set in this file will be overwritten by whatever is in
~/.gitconfig. It is a good idea not to create this file if you sometimes use older versions of Git, as support for this file was added fairly recently.

~/.gitconfig

User-specific configuration file. Also called «global» configuration file.

$GIT_DIR/config

Repository specific configuration file.

If no further options are given, all reading options will read all of these files that are available. If the global or the system-wide configuration file are not available they will be ignored. If the repository configuration file is not available or readable, git config will exit with a non-zero error code. However, in neither case will an error message be issued.

The files are read in the order given above, with last value found taking precedence over values read earlier. When multiple values are taken then all values of a key from all files will be used.

All writing options will per default write to the repository specific configuration file. Note that this also affects options like —replace-all and —unset. git config will only ever change one file at a time.

You can override these rules either by command-line options or by environment variables. The —global and the —system options will limit the file used to the global or system-wide file respectively. The GIT_CONFIG environment variable has a similar effect, but you can specify any filename you want.

ENVIRONMENT

GIT_CONFIG

Take the configuration from the given file instead of .git/config. Using the «—global» option forces this to ~/.gitconfig. Using the «—system» option forces this to $(prefix)/etc/gitconfig.

GIT_CONFIG_NOSYSTEM

Whether to skip reading settings from the system-wide $(prefix)/etc/gitconfig file. See
git(1)
for details.

See also the section called «FILES».

EXAMPLES

Given a .git/config like this:

#
# This is the config file, and
# a '#' or ';' character indicates
# a comment
#
; core variables
[core]
        ; Don't trust file modes
        filemode = false
; Our diff algorithm
[diff]
        external = /usr/local/bin/diff-wrapper
        renames = true
; Proxy settings
[core]
        gitproxy=proxy-command for kernel.org
        gitproxy=default-proxy ; for all the rest
; HTTP
[http]
        sslVerify
[http "https://weak.example.com"]
        sslVerify = false
        cookieFile = /tmp/cookie.txt

you can set the filemode to true with

% git config core.filemode true

The hypothetical proxy command entries actually have a postfix to discern what URL they apply to. Here is how to change the entry for kernel.org to «ssh».

% git config core.gitproxy '"ssh" for kernel.org' 'for kernel.org$'

This makes sure that only the key/value pair for kernel.org is replaced.

To delete the entry for renames, do

% git config --unset diff.renames

If you want to delete an entry for a multivar (like core.gitproxy above), you have to provide a regex matching the value of exactly one line.

To query the value for a given key, do

% git config --get core.filemode

or

% git config core.filemode

or, to query a multivar:

% git config --get core.gitproxy "for kernel.org$"

If you want to know all the values for a multivar, do:

% git config --get-all core.gitproxy

If you like to live dangerously, you can replace all core.gitproxy by a new one with

% git config --replace-all core.gitproxy ssh

However, if you really only want to replace the line for the default proxy, i.e. the one without a «for …» postfix, do something like this:

% git config core.gitproxy ssh '! for '

To actually match only values with an exclamation mark, you have to

% git config section.key value '[!]'

To add a new proxy, without altering any of the existing ones, use

% git config --add core.gitproxy '"proxy-command" for example.com'

An example to use customized color from the configuration in your script:

#!/bin/sh
WS=$(git config --get-color color.diff.whitespace "blue reverse")
RESET=$(git config --get-color "" "reset")
echo "${WS}your whitespace color or blue reverse${RESET}"

For URLs in https://weak.example.com, http.sslVerify is set to false, while it is set to true for all others:

% git config --bool --get-urlmatch http.sslverify https://good.example.com
true
% git config --bool --get-urlmatch http.sslverify https://weak.example.com
false
% git config --get-urlmatch http https://weak.example.com
http.cookieFile /tmp/cookie.txt
http.sslverify false

CONFIGURATION FILE

The Git configuration file contains a number of variables that affect the Git commands’ behavior. The .git/config file in each repository is used to store the configuration for that repository, and $HOME/.gitconfig is used to store a per-user configuration as fallback values for the .git/config file. The file /etc/gitconfig can be used to store a system-wide default configuration.

The configuration variables are used by both the Git plumbing and the porcelains. The variables are divided into sections, wherein the fully qualified variable name of the variable itself is the last dot-separated segment and the section name is everything before the last dot. The variable names are case-insensitive, allow only alphanumeric characters and -, and must start with an alphabetic character. Some variables may appear multiple times; we say then that the variable is multivalued.

Syntax

The syntax is fairly flexible and permissive; whitespaces are mostly ignored. The # and ; characters begin comments to the end of line, blank lines are ignored.

The file consists of sections and variables. A section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues until the next section begins. Section names are case-insensitive. Only alphanumeric characters, — and . are allowed in section names. Each variable must belong to some section, which means that there must be a section header before the first setting of a variable.

Sections can be further divided into subsections. To begin a subsection put its name in double quotes, separated by space from the section name, in the section header, like in the example below:

        [section "subsection"]

Subsection names are case sensitive and can contain any characters except newline (doublequote » and backslash can be included by escaping them as » and \, respectively). Section headers cannot span multiple lines. Variables may belong directly to a section or to a given subsection. You can have [section] if you have [section «subsection»], but you don’t need to.

There is also a deprecated [section.subsection] syntax. With this syntax, the subsection name is converted to lower-case and is also compared case sensitively. These subsection names follow the same restrictions as section names.

All the other lines (and the remainder of the line after the section header) are recognized as setting variables, in the form name = value (or just name, which is a short-hand to say that the variable is the boolean «true»). The variable names are case-insensitive, allow only alphanumeric characters and -, and must start with an alphabetic character.

A line that defines a value can be continued to the next line by ending it with a ; the backquote and the end-of-line are stripped. Leading whitespaces after name =, the remainder of the line after the first comment character # or ;, and trailing whitespaces of the line are discarded unless they are enclosed in double quotes. Internal whitespaces within the value are retained verbatim.

Inside double quotes, double quote » and backslash characters must be escaped: use » for » and \ for .

The following escape sequences (beside » and \) are recognized: n for newline character (NL), t for horizontal tabulation (HT, TAB) and b for backspace (BS). Other char escape sequences (including octal escape sequences) are invalid.

Includes

You can include one config file from another by setting the special include.path variable to the name of the file to be included. The included file is expanded immediately, as if its contents had been found at the location of the include directive. If the value of the include.path variable is a relative path, the path is considered to be relative to the configuration file in which the include directive was found. The value of include.path is subject to tilde expansion: ~/ is expanded to the value of $HOME, and ~user/ to the specified user’s home directory. See below for examples.

Example

# Core variables
[core]
        ; Don't trust file modes
        filemode = false
# Our diff algorithm
[diff]
        external = /usr/local/bin/diff-wrapper
        renames = true
[branch "devel"]
        remote = origin
        merge = refs/heads/devel
# Proxy settings
[core]
        gitProxy="ssh" for "kernel.org"
        gitProxy=default-proxy ; for the rest
[include]
        path = /path/to/foo.inc ; include by absolute path
        path = foo ; expand "foo" relative to the current file
        path = ~/foo ; expand "foo" in your $HOME directory

Values

Values of many variables are treated as a simple string, but there are variables that take values of specific types and there are rules as to how to spell them.

boolean

When a variable is said to take a boolean value, many synonyms are accepted for
true
and
false; these are all case-insensitive.

true

Boolean true can be spelled as
yes,
on,
true, or
1. Also, a variable defined without
= <value>
is taken as true.

false

Boolean false can be spelled as
no,
off,
false, or
0.

When converting value to the canonical form using
—bool
type specifier;
git config
will ensure that the output is «true» or «false» (spelled in lowercase).

integer

The value for many variables that specify various sizes can be suffixed with
k,
M,… to mean «scale the number by 1024», «by 1024×1024», etc.

color

The value for a variables that takes a color is a list of colors (at most two) and attributes (at most one), separated by spaces. The colors accepted are
normal,
black,
red,
green,
yellow,
blue,
magenta,
cyan
and
white; the attributes are
bold,
dim,
ul,
blink
and
reverse. The first color given is the foreground; the second is the background. The position of the attribute, if any, doesn’t matter. Attributes may be turned off specifically by prefixing them with
no
(e.g.,
noreverse,
noul, etc).

Colors (foreground and background) may also be given as numbers between 0 and 255; these use ANSI 256-color mode (but note that not all terminals may support this). If your terminal supports it, you may also specify 24-bit RGB values as hex, like
#ff0ab3.

The attributes are meant to be reset at the beginning of each item in the colored output, so setting color.decorate.branch to
black
will paint that branch name in a plain
black, even if the previous thing on the same output line (e.g. opening parenthesis before the list of branch names in
log —decorate
output) is set to be painted with
bold
or some other attribute.

Variables

Note that this list is non-comprehensive and not necessarily complete. For command-specific variables, you will find a more detailed description in the appropriate manual page.

Other git-related tools may and do use their own variables. When inventing new variables for use in your own tool, make sure their names do not conflict with those that are used by Git itself and other popular tools, and describe them in your documentation.

advice.*

These variables control various optional help messages designed to aid new users. All
advice.*
variables default to
true, and you can tell Git that you do not need help by setting these to
false:

pushUpdateRejected

Set this variable to
false
if you want to disable
pushNonFFCurrent,
pushNonFFMatching,
pushAlreadyExists,
pushFetchFirst, and
pushNeedsForce
simultaneously.

pushNonFFCurrent

Advice shown when
git-push(1)
fails due to a non-fast-forward update to the current branch.

pushNonFFMatching

Advice shown when you ran
git-push(1)
and pushed
matching refs
explicitly (i.e. you used
:, or specified a refspec that isn’t your current branch) and it resulted in a non-fast-forward error.

pushAlreadyExists

Shown when
git-push(1)
rejects an update that does not qualify for fast-forwarding (e.g., a tag.)

pushFetchFirst

Shown when
git-push(1)
rejects an update that tries to overwrite a remote ref that points at an object we do not have.

pushNeedsForce

Shown when
git-push(1)
rejects an update that tries to overwrite a remote ref that points at an object that is not a commit-ish, or make the remote ref point at an object that is not a commit-ish.

statusHints

Show directions on how to proceed from the current state in the output of
git-status(1), in the template shown when writing commit messages in
git-commit(1), and in the help message shown by
git-checkout(1)
when switching branch.

statusUoption

Advise to consider using the
-u
option to
git-status(1)
when the command takes more than 2 seconds to enumerate untracked files.

commitBeforeMerge

Advice shown when
git-merge(1)
refuses to merge to avoid overwriting local changes.

resolveConflict

Advice shown by various commands when conflicts prevent the operation from being performed.

implicitIdentity

Advice on how to set your identity configuration when your information is guessed from the system username and domain name.

detachedHead

Advice shown when you used
git-checkout(1)
to move to the detach HEAD state, to instruct how to create a local branch after the fact.

amWorkDir

Advice that shows the location of the patch file when
git-am(1)
fails to apply it.

rmHints

In case of failure in the output of
git-rm(1), show directions on how to proceed from the current state.

core.fileMode

Tells Git if the executable bit of files in the working tree is to be honored.

Some filesystems lose the executable bit when a file that is marked as executable is checked out, or checks out an non-executable file with executable bit on.
git-clone(1)
or
git-init(1)
probe the filesystem to see if it handles the executable bit correctly and this variable is automatically set as necessary.

A repository, however, may be on a filesystem that handles the filemode correctly, and this variable is set to
true
when created, but later may be made accessible from another environment that loses the filemode (e.g. exporting ext4 via CIFS mount, visiting a Cygwin created repository with Git for Windows or Eclipse). In such a case it may be necessary to set this variable to
false. See
git-update-index(1).

The default is true (when core.filemode is not specified in the config file).

core.ignoreCase

If true, this option enables various workarounds to enable Git to work better on filesystems that are not case sensitive, like FAT. For example, if a directory listing finds «makefile» when Git expects «Makefile», Git will assume it is really the same file, and continue to remember it as «Makefile».

The default is false, except
git-clone(1)
or
git-init(1)
will probe and set core.ignoreCase true if appropriate when the repository is created.

core.precomposeUnicode

This option is only used by Mac OS implementation of Git. When core.precomposeUnicode=true, Git reverts the unicode decomposition of filenames done by Mac OS. This is useful when sharing a repository between Mac OS and Linux or Windows. (Git for Windows 1.7.10 or higher is needed, or Git under cygwin 1.7). When false, file names are handled fully transparent by Git, which is backward compatible with older versions of Git.

core.protectHFS

If set to true, do not allow checkout of paths that would be considered equivalent to
.git
on an HFS+ filesystem. Defaults to
true
on Mac OS, and
false
elsewhere.

core.protectNTFS

If set to true, do not allow checkout of paths that would cause problems with the NTFS filesystem, e.g. conflict with 8.3 «short» names. Defaults to
true
on Windows, and
false
elsewhere.

core.trustctime

If false, the ctime differences between the index and the working tree are ignored; useful when the inode change time is regularly modified by something outside Git (file system crawlers and some backup systems). See
git-update-index(1). True by default.

core.untrackedCache

Determines what to do about the untracked cache feature of the index. It will be kept, if this variable is unset or set to
keep. It will automatically be added if set to
true. And it will automatically be removed, if set to
false. Before setting it to
true, you should check that mtime is working properly on your system. See
git-update-index(1).
keep
by default.

core.checkStat

Determines which stat fields to match between the index and work tree. The user can set this to
default
or
minimal. Default (or explicitly
default), is to check all fields, including the sub-second part of mtime and ctime.

core.quotePath

The commands that output paths (e.g.
ls-files,
diff), when not given the
-z
option, will quote «unusual» characters in the pathname by enclosing the pathname in a double-quote pair and with backslashes the same way strings in C source code are quoted. If this variable is set to false, the bytes higher than 0x80 are not quoted but output as verbatim. Note that double quote, backslash and control characters are always quoted without
-z
regardless of the setting of this variable.

core.eol

Sets the line ending type to use in the working directory for files that have the
text
property set. Alternatives are
lf,
crlf
and
native, which uses the platform’s native line ending. The default value is
native. See
gitattributes(5)
for more information on end-of-line conversion.

core.safecrlf

If true, makes Git check if converting
CRLF
is reversible when end-of-line conversion is active. Git will verify if a command modifies a file in the work tree either directly or indirectly. For example, committing a file followed by checking out the same file should yield the original file in the work tree. If this is not the case for the current setting of
core.autocrlf, Git will reject the file. The variable can be set to «warn», in which case Git will only warn about an irreversible conversion but continue the operation.

CRLF conversion bears a slight chance of corrupting data. When it is enabled, Git will convert CRLF to LF during commit and LF to CRLF during checkout. A file that contains a mixture of LF and CRLF before the commit cannot be recreated by Git. For text files this is the right thing to do: it corrects line endings such that we have only LF line endings in the repository. But for binary files that are accidentally classified as text the conversion can corrupt data.

If you recognize such corruption early you can easily fix it by setting the conversion type explicitly in .gitattributes. Right after committing you still have the original file in your work tree and this file is not yet corrupted. You can explicitly tell Git that this file is binary and Git will handle the file appropriately.

Unfortunately, the desired effect of cleaning up text files with mixed line endings and the undesired effect of corrupting binary files cannot be distinguished. In both cases CRLFs are removed in an irreversible way. For text files this is the right thing to do because CRLFs are line endings, while for binary files converting CRLFs corrupts data.

Note, this safety check does not mean that a checkout will generate a file identical to the original file for a different setting of
core.eol
and
core.autocrlf, but only for the current one. For example, a text file with
LF
would be accepted with
core.eol=lf
and could later be checked out with
core.eol=crlf, in which case the resulting file would contain
CRLF, although the original file contained
LF. However, in both work trees the line endings would be consistent, that is either all
LF
or all
CRLF, but never mixed. A file with mixed line endings would be reported by the
core.safecrlf
mechanism.

core.autocrlf

Setting this variable to «true» is almost the same as setting the
text
attribute to «auto» on all files except that text files are not guaranteed to be normalized: files that contain
CRLF
in the repository will not be touched. Use this setting if you want to have
CRLF
line endings in your working directory even though the repository does not have normalized line endings. This variable can be set to
input, in which case no output conversion is performed.

core.symlinks

If false, symbolic links are checked out as small plain files that contain the link text.
git-update-index(1)
and
git-add(1)
will not change the recorded type to regular file. Useful on filesystems like FAT that do not support symbolic links.

The default is true, except
git-clone(1)
or
git-init(1)
will probe and set core.symlinks false if appropriate when the repository is created.

core.gitProxy

A «proxy command» to execute (as
command host port) instead of establishing direct connection to the remote server when using the Git protocol for fetching. If the variable value is in the «COMMAND for DOMAIN» format, the command is applied only on hostnames ending with the specified domain string. This variable may be set multiple times and is matched in the given order; the first match wins.

Can be overridden by the
GIT_PROXY_COMMAND
environment variable (which always applies universally, without the special «for» handling).

The special string
none
can be used as the proxy command to specify that no proxy be used for a given domain pattern. This is useful for excluding servers inside a firewall from proxy use, while defaulting to a common proxy for external domains.

core.ignoreStat

If true, Git will avoid using lstat() calls to detect if files have changed by setting the «assume-unchanged» bit for those tracked files which it has updated identically in both the index and working tree.

When files are modified outside of Git, the user will need to stage the modified files explicitly (e.g. see
Examples
section in
git-update-index(1)). Git will not normally detect changes to those files.

This is useful on systems where lstat() calls are very slow, such as CIFS/Microsoft Windows.

False by default.

core.preferSymlinkRefs

Instead of the default «symref» format for HEAD and other symbolic reference files, use symbolic links. This is sometimes needed to work with old scripts that expect HEAD to be a symbolic link.

core.bare

If true this repository is assumed to be
bare
and has no working directory associated with it. If this is the case a number of commands that require a working directory will be disabled, such as
git-add(1)
or
git-merge(1).

This setting is automatically guessed by
git-clone(1)
or
git-init(1)
when the repository was created. By default a repository that ends in «/.git» is assumed to be not bare (bare = false), while all other repositories are assumed to be bare (bare = true).

core.worktree

Set the path to the root of the working tree. If GIT_COMMON_DIR environment variable is set, core.worktree is ignored and not used for determining the root of working tree. This can be overridden by the GIT_WORK_TREE environment variable and the
—work-tree
command-line option. The value can be an absolute path or relative to the path to the .git directory, which is either specified by —git-dir or GIT_DIR, or automatically discovered. If —git-dir or GIT_DIR is specified but none of —work-tree, GIT_WORK_TREE and core.worktree is specified, the current working directory is regarded as the top level of your working tree.

Note that this variable is honored even when set in a configuration file in a «.git» subdirectory of a directory and its value differs from the latter directory (e.g. «/path/to/.git/config» has core.worktree set to «/different/path»), which is most likely a misconfiguration. Running Git commands in the «/path/to» directory will still use «/different/path» as the root of the work tree and can cause confusion unless you know what you are doing (e.g. you are creating a read-only snapshot of the same index to a location different from the repository’s usual working tree).

core.logAllRefUpdates

Enable the reflog. Updates to a ref <ref> is logged to the file «$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>», by appending the new and old SHA-1, the date/time and the reason of the update, but only when the file exists. If this configuration variable is set to true, missing «$GIT_DIR/logs/<ref>» file is automatically created for branch heads (i.e. under refs/heads/), remote refs (i.e. under refs/remotes/), note refs (i.e. under refs/notes/), and the symbolic ref HEAD.

This information can be used to determine what commit was the tip of a branch «2 days ago».

This value is true by default in a repository that has a working directory associated with it, and false by default in a bare repository.

core.repositoryFormatVersion

Internal variable identifying the repository format and layout version.

core.sharedRepository

When
group
(or
true), the repository is made shareable between several users in a group (making sure all the files and objects are group-writable). When
all
(or
world
or
everybody), the repository will be readable by all users, additionally to being group-shareable. When
umask
(or
false), Git will use permissions reported by umask(2). When
0xxx, where
0xxx
is an octal number, files in the repository will have this mode value.
0xxx
will override user’s umask value (whereas the other options will only override requested parts of the user’s umask value). Examples:
0660
will make the repo read/write-able for the owner and group, but inaccessible to others (equivalent to
group
unless umask is e.g.
0022).
0640
is a repository that is group-readable but not group-writable. See
git-init(1). False by default.

core.warnAmbiguousRefs

If true, Git will warn you if the ref name you passed it is ambiguous and might match multiple refs in the repository. True by default.

core.compression

An integer -1..9, indicating a default compression level. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being slowest. If set, this provides a default to other compression variables, such as
core.looseCompression
and
pack.compression.

core.looseCompression

An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects that are not in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being slowest. If not set, defaults to core.compression. If that is not set, defaults to 1 (best speed).

core.packedGitWindowSize

Number of bytes of a pack file to map into memory in a single mapping operation. Larger window sizes may allow your system to process a smaller number of large pack files more quickly. Smaller window sizes will negatively affect performance due to increased calls to the operating system’s memory manager, but may improve performance when accessing a large number of large pack files.

Default is 1 MiB if NO_MMAP was set at compile time, otherwise 32 MiB on 32 bit platforms and 1 GiB on 64 bit platforms. This should be reasonable for all users/operating systems. You probably do not need to adjust this value.

Common unit suffixes of
k,
m, or
g
are supported.

core.packedGitLimit

Maximum number of bytes to map simultaneously into memory from pack files. If Git needs to access more than this many bytes at once to complete an operation it will unmap existing regions to reclaim virtual address space within the process.

Default is 256 MiB on 32 bit platforms and 8 GiB on 64 bit platforms. This should be reasonable for all users/operating systems, except on the largest projects. You probably do not need to adjust this value.

Common unit suffixes of
k,
m, or
g
are supported.

core.deltaBaseCacheLimit

Maximum number of bytes to reserve for caching base objects that may be referenced by multiple deltified objects. By storing the entire decompressed base objects in a cache Git is able to avoid unpacking and decompressing frequently used base objects multiple times.

Default is 96 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable for all users/operating systems, except on the largest projects. You probably do not need to adjust this value.

Common unit suffixes of
k,
m, or
g
are supported.

core.bigFileThreshold

Files larger than this size are stored deflated, without attempting delta compression. Storing large files without delta compression avoids excessive memory usage, at the slight expense of increased disk usage. Additionally files larger than this size are always treated as binary.

Default is 512 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable for most projects as source code and other text files can still be delta compressed, but larger binary media files won’t be.

Common unit suffixes of
k,
m, or
g
are supported.

core.excludesFile

In addition to
.gitignore
(per-directory) and
.git/info/exclude, Git looks into this file for patterns of files which are not meant to be tracked. «~/» is expanded to the value of
$HOME
and «~user/» to the specified user’s home directory. Its default value is $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/ignore. If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is either not set or empty, $HOME/.config/git/ignore is used instead. See
gitignore(5).

core.askPass

Some commands (e.g. svn and http interfaces) that interactively ask for a password can be told to use an external program given via the value of this variable. Can be overridden by the
GIT_ASKPASS
environment variable. If not set, fall back to the value of the
SSH_ASKPASS
environment variable or, failing that, a simple password prompt. The external program shall be given a suitable prompt as command-line argument and write the password on its STDOUT.

core.attributesFile

In addition to
.gitattributes
(per-directory) and
.git/info/attributes, Git looks into this file for attributes (see
gitattributes(5)). Path expansions are made the same way as for
core.excludesFile. Its default value is $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/attributes. If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is either not set or empty, $HOME/.config/git/attributes is used instead.

core.editor

Commands such as
commit
and
tag
that lets you edit messages by launching an editor uses the value of this variable when it is set, and the environment variable
GIT_EDITOR
is not set. See
git-var(1).

core.commentChar

Commands such as
commit
and
tag
that lets you edit messages consider a line that begins with this character commented, and removes them after the editor returns (default
#).

If set to «auto»,
git-commit
would select a character that is not the beginning character of any line in existing commit messages.

core.packedRefsTimeout

The length of time, in milliseconds, to retry when trying to lock the
packed-refs
file. Value 0 means not to retry at all; -1 means to try indefinitely. Default is 1000 (i.e., retry for 1 second).

sequence.editor

Text editor used by
git rebase -i
for editing the rebase instruction file. The value is meant to be interpreted by the shell when it is used. It can be overridden by the
GIT_SEQUENCE_EDITOR
environment variable. When not configured the default commit message editor is used instead.

core.pager

Text viewer for use by Git commands (e.g.,
less). The value is meant to be interpreted by the shell. The order of preference is the
$GIT_PAGER
environment variable, then
core.pager
configuration, then
$PAGER, and then the default chosen at compile time (usually
less).

When the
LESS
environment variable is unset, Git sets it to
FRX
(if
LESS
environment variable is set, Git does not change it at all). If you want to selectively override Git’s default setting for
LESS, you can set
core.pager
to e.g.
less -S. This will be passed to the shell by Git, which will translate the final command to
LESS=FRX less -S. The environment does not set the
S
option but the command line does, instructing less to truncate long lines. Similarly, setting
core.pager
to
less -+F
will deactivate the
F
option specified by the environment from the command-line, deactivating the «quit if one screen» behavior of
less. One can specifically activate some flags for particular commands: for example, setting
pager.blame
to
less -S
enables line truncation only for
git blame.

Likewise, when the
LV
environment variable is unset, Git sets it to
-c. You can override this setting by exporting
LV
with another value or setting
core.pager
to
lv +c.

core.whitespace

A comma separated list of common whitespace problems to notice.
git diff
will use
color.diff.whitespace
to highlight them, and
git apply —whitespace=error
will consider them as errors. You can prefix

to disable any of them (e.g.
-trailing-space):


blank-at-eol
treats trailing whitespaces at the end of the line as an error (enabled by default).

space-before-tab
treats a space character that appears immediately before a tab character in the initial indent part of the line as an error (enabled by default).

indent-with-non-tab
treats a line that is indented with space characters instead of the equivalent tabs as an error (not enabled by default).

tab-in-indent
treats a tab character in the initial indent part of the line as an error (not enabled by default).

blank-at-eof
treats blank lines added at the end of file as an error (enabled by default).

trailing-space
is a short-hand to cover both
blank-at-eol
and
blank-at-eof.

cr-at-eol
treats a carriage-return at the end of line as part of the line terminator, i.e. with it,
trailing-space
does not trigger if the character before such a carriage-return is not a whitespace (not enabled by default).

tabwidth=<n>
tells how many character positions a tab occupies; this is relevant for
indent-with-non-tab
and when Git fixes
tab-in-indent
errors. The default tab width is 8. Allowed values are 1 to 63.

core.fsyncObjectFiles

This boolean will enable
fsync()
when writing object files.

This is a total waste of time and effort on a filesystem that orders data writes properly, but can be useful for filesystems that do not use journalling (traditional UNIX filesystems) or that only journal metadata and not file contents (OS X’s HFS+, or Linux ext3 with «data=writeback»).

core.preloadIndex

Enable parallel index preload for operations like
git diff

This can speed up operations like
git diff
and
git status
especially on filesystems like NFS that have weak caching semantics and thus relatively high IO latencies. When enabled, Git will do the index comparison to the filesystem data in parallel, allowing overlapping IO’s. Defaults to true.

core.createObject

You can set this to
link, in which case a hardlink followed by a delete of the source are used to make sure that object creation will not overwrite existing objects.

On some file system/operating system combinations, this is unreliable. Set this config setting to
rename
there; However, This will remove the check that makes sure that existing object files will not get overwritten.

core.notesRef

When showing commit messages, also show notes which are stored in the given ref. The ref must be fully qualified. If the given ref does not exist, it is not an error but means that no notes should be printed.

This setting defaults to «refs/notes/commits», and it can be overridden by the
GIT_NOTES_REF
environment variable. See
git-notes(1).

core.sparseCheckout

Enable «sparse checkout» feature. See section «Sparse checkout» in
git-read-tree(1)
for more information.

core.abbrev

Set the length object names are abbreviated to. If unspecified, many commands abbreviate to 7 hexdigits, which may not be enough for abbreviated object names to stay unique for sufficiently long time.

add.ignoreErrors, add.ignore-errors (deprecated)

Tells
git add
to continue adding files when some files cannot be added due to indexing errors. Equivalent to the
—ignore-errors
option of
git-add(1).
add.ignore-errors
is deprecated, as it does not follow the usual naming convention for configuration variables.

alias.*

Command aliases for the
git(1)
command wrapper — e.g. after defining «alias.last = cat-file commit HEAD», the invocation «git last» is equivalent to «git cat-file commit HEAD». To avoid confusion and troubles with script usage, aliases that hide existing Git commands are ignored. Arguments are split by spaces, the usual shell quoting and escaping is supported. A quote pair or a backslash can be used to quote them.

If the alias expansion is prefixed with an exclamation point, it will be treated as a shell command. For example, defining «alias.new = !gitk —all —not ORIG_HEAD», the invocation «git new» is equivalent to running the shell command «gitk —all —not ORIG_HEAD». Note that shell commands will be executed from the top-level directory of a repository, which may not necessarily be the current directory.
GIT_PREFIX
is set as returned by running
git rev-parse —show-prefix
from the original current directory. See
git-rev-parse(1).

am.keepcr

If true, git-am will call git-mailsplit for patches in mbox format with parameter
—keep-cr. In this case git-mailsplit will not remove
r
from lines ending with
rn. Can be overridden by giving
—no-keep-cr
from the command line. See
git-am(1),
git-mailsplit(1).

am.threeWay

By default,
git am
will fail if the patch does not apply cleanly. When set to true, this setting tells
git am
to fall back on 3-way merge if the patch records the identity of blobs it is supposed to apply to and we have those blobs available locally (equivalent to giving the
—3way
option from the command line). Defaults to
false. See
git-am(1).

apply.ignoreWhitespace

When set to
change, tells
git apply
to ignore changes in whitespace, in the same way as the
—ignore-space-change
option. When set to one of: no, none, never, false tells
git apply
to respect all whitespace differences. See
git-apply(1).

apply.whitespace

Tells
git apply
how to handle whitespaces, in the same way as the
—whitespace
option. See
git-apply(1).

branch.autoSetupMerge

Tells
git branch
and
git checkout
to set up new branches so that
git-pull(1)
will appropriately merge from the starting point branch. Note that even if this option is not set, this behavior can be chosen per-branch using the
—track
and
—no-track
options. The valid settings are:
false — no automatic setup is done;
true — automatic setup is done when the starting point is a remote-tracking branch;
always — automatic setup is done when the starting point is either a local branch or remote-tracking branch. This option defaults to true.

branch.autoSetupRebase

When a new branch is created with
git branch
or
git checkout
that tracks another branch, this variable tells Git to set up pull to rebase instead of merge (see «branch.<name>.rebase»). When
never, rebase is never automatically set to true. When
local, rebase is set to true for tracked branches of other local branches. When
remote, rebase is set to true for tracked branches of remote-tracking branches. When
always, rebase will be set to true for all tracking branches. See «branch.autoSetupMerge» for details on how to set up a branch to track another branch. This option defaults to never.

branch.<name>.remote

When on branch <name>, it tells
git fetch
and
git push
which remote to fetch from/push to. The remote to push to may be overridden with
remote.pushDefault
(for all branches). The remote to push to, for the current branch, may be further overridden by
branch.<name>.pushRemote. If no remote is configured, or if you are not on any branch, it defaults to
origin
for fetching and
remote.pushDefault
for pushing. Additionally,
.
(a period) is the current local repository (a dot-repository), see
branch.<name>.merge’s final note below.

branch.<name>.pushRemote

When on branch <name>, it overrides
branch.<name>.remote
for pushing. It also overrides
remote.pushDefault
for pushing from branch <name>. When you pull from one place (e.g. your upstream) and push to another place (e.g. your own publishing repository), you would want to set
remote.pushDefault
to specify the remote to push to for all branches, and use this option to override it for a specific branch.

branch.<name>.merge

Defines, together with branch.<name>.remote, the upstream branch for the given branch. It tells
git fetch/git pull/git rebase
which branch to merge and can also affect
git push
(see push.default). When in branch <name>, it tells
git fetch
the default refspec to be marked for merging in FETCH_HEAD. The value is handled like the remote part of a refspec, and must match a ref which is fetched from the remote given by «branch.<name>.remote». The merge information is used by
git pull
(which at first calls
git fetch) to lookup the default branch for merging. Without this option,
git pull
defaults to merge the first refspec fetched. Specify multiple values to get an octopus merge. If you wish to setup
git pull
so that it merges into <name> from another branch in the local repository, you can point branch.<name>.merge to the desired branch, and use the relative path setting
.
(a period) for branch.<name>.remote.

branch.<name>.mergeOptions

Sets default options for merging into branch <name>. The syntax and supported options are the same as those of
git-merge(1), but option values containing whitespace characters are currently not supported.

branch.<name>.rebase

When true, rebase the branch <name> on top of the fetched branch, instead of merging the default branch from the default remote when «git pull» is run. See «pull.rebase» for doing this in a non branch-specific manner.

When preserve, also pass
—preserve-merges
along to
git rebase
so that locally committed merge commits will not be flattened by running
git pull.

When the value is
interactive, the rebase is run in interactive mode.

NOTE: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do
not
use it unless you understand the implications (see
git-rebase(1)
for details).

branch.<name>.description

Branch description, can be edited with
git branch —edit-description. Branch description is automatically added in the format-patch cover letter or request-pull summary.

browser.<tool>.cmd

Specify the command to invoke the specified browser. The specified command is evaluated in shell with the URLs passed as arguments. (See
git-web—browse(1).)

browser.<tool>.path

Override the path for the given tool that may be used to browse HTML help (see
-w
option in
git-help(1)) or a working repository in gitweb (see
git-instaweb(1)).

clean.requireForce

A boolean to make git-clean do nothing unless given -f, -i or -n. Defaults to true.

color.branch

A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of
git-branch(1). May be set to
always,
false
(or
never) or
auto
(or
true), in which case colors are used only when the output is to a terminal. Defaults to false.

color.branch.<slot>

Use customized color for branch coloration.
<slot>
is one of
current
(the current branch),
local
(a local branch),
remote
(a remote-tracking branch in refs/remotes/),
upstream
(upstream tracking branch),
plain
(other refs).

color.diff

Whether to use ANSI escape sequences to add color to patches. If this is set to
always,
git-diff(1),
git-log(1), and
git-show(1)
will use color for all patches. If it is set to
true
or
auto, those commands will only use color when output is to the terminal. Defaults to false.

This does not affect
git-format-patch(1)
or the
git-diff-*
plumbing commands. Can be overridden on the command line with the
—color[=<when>]
option.

color.diff.<slot>

Use customized color for diff colorization.
<slot>
specifies which part of the patch to use the specified color, and is one of
context
(context text —
plain
is a historical synonym),
meta
(metainformation),
frag
(hunk header),
func
(function in hunk header),
old
(removed lines),
new
(added lines),
commit
(commit headers), or
whitespace
(highlighting whitespace errors).

color.decorate.<slot>

Use customized color for
git log —decorate
output.
<slot>
is one of
branch,
remoteBranch,
tag,
stash
or
HEAD
for local branches, remote-tracking branches, tags, stash and HEAD, respectively.

color.grep

When set to
always, always highlight matches. When
false
(or
never), never. When set to
true
or
auto, use color only when the output is written to the terminal. Defaults to
false.

color.grep.<slot>

Use customized color for grep colorization.
<slot>
specifies which part of the line to use the specified color, and is one of

context

non-matching text in context lines (when using
-A,
-B, or
-C)

filename

filename prefix (when not using
-h)

function

function name lines (when using
-p)

linenumber

line number prefix (when using
-n)

match

matching text (same as setting
matchContext
and
matchSelected)

matchContext

matching text in context lines

matchSelected

matching text in selected lines

selected

non-matching text in selected lines

separator

separators between fields on a line (:,
-, and
=) and between hunks (—)

color.interactive

When set to
always, always use colors for interactive prompts and displays (such as those used by «git-add —interactive» and «git-clean —interactive»). When false (or
never), never. When set to
true
or
auto, use colors only when the output is to the terminal. Defaults to false.

color.interactive.<slot>

Use customized color for
git add —interactive
and
git clean —interactive
output.
<slot>
may be
prompt,
header,
help
or
error, for four distinct types of normal output from interactive commands.

color.pager

A boolean to enable/disable colored output when the pager is in use (default is true).

color.showBranch

A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of
git-show-branch(1). May be set to
always,
false
(or
never) or
auto
(or
true), in which case colors are used only when the output is to a terminal. Defaults to false.

color.status

A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of
git-status(1). May be set to
always,
false
(or
never) or
auto
(or
true), in which case colors are used only when the output is to a terminal. Defaults to false.

color.status.<slot>

Use customized color for status colorization.
<slot>
is one of
header
(the header text of the status message),
added
or
updated
(files which are added but not committed),
changed
(files which are changed but not added in the index),
untracked
(files which are not tracked by Git),
branch
(the current branch),
nobranch
(the color the
no branch
warning is shown in, defaulting to red), or
unmerged
(files which have unmerged changes).

color.ui

This variable determines the default value for variables such as
color.diff
and
color.grep
that control the use of color per command family. Its scope will expand as more commands learn configuration to set a default for the
—color
option. Set it to
false
or
never
if you prefer Git commands not to use color unless enabled explicitly with some other configuration or the
—color
option. Set it to
always
if you want all output not intended for machine consumption to use color, to
true
or
auto
(this is the default since Git 1.8.4) if you want such output to use color when written to the terminal.

column.ui

Specify whether supported commands should output in columns. This variable consists of a list of tokens separated by spaces or commas:

These options control when the feature should be enabled (defaults to
never):

always

always show in columns

never

never show in columns

auto

show in columns if the output is to the terminal

These options control layout (defaults to
column). Setting any of these implies
always
if none of
always,
never, or
auto
are specified.

column

fill columns before rows

row

fill rows before columns

plain

show in one column

Finally, these options can be combined with a layout option (defaults to
nodense):

dense

make unequal size columns to utilize more space

nodense

make equal size columns

column.branch

Specify whether to output branch listing in
git branch
in columns. See
column.ui
for details.

column.clean

Specify the layout when list items in
git clean -i, which always shows files and directories in columns. See
column.ui
for details.

column.status

Specify whether to output untracked files in
git status
in columns. See
column.ui
for details.

column.tag

Specify whether to output tag listing in
git tag
in columns. See
column.ui
for details.

commit.cleanup

This setting overrides the default of the
—cleanup
option in
git commit. See
git-commit(1)
for details. Changing the default can be useful when you always want to keep lines that begin with comment character
#
in your log message, in which case you would do
git config commit.cleanup whitespace
(note that you will have to remove the help lines that begin with
#
in the commit log template yourself, if you do this).

commit.gpgSign

A boolean to specify whether all commits should be GPG signed. Use of this option when doing operations such as rebase can result in a large number of commits being signed. It may be convenient to use an agent to avoid typing your GPG passphrase several times.

commit.status

A boolean to enable/disable inclusion of status information in the commit message template when using an editor to prepare the commit message. Defaults to true.

commit.template

Specify a file to use as the template for new commit messages. «~/» is expanded to the value of
$HOME
and «~user/» to the specified user’s home directory.

credential.helper

Specify an external helper to be called when a username or password credential is needed; the helper may consult external storage to avoid prompting the user for the credentials. See
gitcredentials(7)
for details.

credential.useHttpPath

When acquiring credentials, consider the «path» component of an http or https URL to be important. Defaults to false. See
gitcredentials(7)
for more information.

credential.username

If no username is set for a network authentication, use this username by default. See credential.<context>.* below, and
gitcredentials(7).

credential.<url>.*

Any of the credential.* options above can be applied selectively to some credentials. For example «credential.https://example.com.username» would set the default username only for https connections to example.com. See
gitcredentials(7)
for details on how URLs are matched.

credentialCache.ignoreSIGHUP

Tell git-credential-cache—daemon to ignore SIGHUP, instead of quitting.

diff.autoRefreshIndex

When using
git diff
to compare with work tree files, do not consider stat-only change as changed. Instead, silently run
git update-index —refresh
to update the cached stat information for paths whose contents in the work tree match the contents in the index. This option defaults to true. Note that this affects only
git diff
Porcelain, and not lower level
diff
commands such as
git diff-files.

diff.dirstat

A comma separated list of
—dirstat
parameters specifying the default behavior of the
—dirstat
option to
git-diff(1)` and friends. The defaults can be overridden on the command line (using
—dirstat=<param1,param2,…>). The fallback defaults (when not changed by
diff.dirstat) are
changes,noncumulative,3. The following parameters are available:

changes

Compute the dirstat numbers by counting the lines that have been removed from the source, or added to the destination. This ignores the amount of pure code movements within a file. In other words, rearranging lines in a file is not counted as much as other changes. This is the default behavior when no parameter is given.

lines

Compute the dirstat numbers by doing the regular line-based diff analysis, and summing the removed/added line counts. (For binary files, count 64-byte chunks instead, since binary files have no natural concept of lines). This is a more expensive
—dirstat
behavior than the
changes
behavior, but it does count rearranged lines within a file as much as other changes. The resulting output is consistent with what you get from the other
—*stat
options.

files

Compute the dirstat numbers by counting the number of files changed. Each changed file counts equally in the dirstat analysis. This is the computationally cheapest
—dirstat
behavior, since it does not have to look at the file contents at all.

cumulative

Count changes in a child directory for the parent directory as well. Note that when using
cumulative, the sum of the percentages reported may exceed 100%. The default (non-cumulative) behavior can be specified with the
noncumulative
parameter.

<limit>

An integer parameter specifies a cut-off percent (3% by default). Directories contributing less than this percentage of the changes are not shown in the output.

Example: The following will count changed files, while ignoring directories with less than 10% of the total amount of changed files, and accumulating child directory counts in the parent directories:
files,10,cumulative.

diff.statGraphWidth

Limit the width of the graph part in —stat output. If set, applies to all commands generating —stat output except format-patch.

diff.context

Generate diffs with <n> lines of context instead of the default of 3. This value is overridden by the -U option.

diff.external

If this config variable is set, diff generation is not performed using the internal diff machinery, but using the given command. Can be overridden with the ‘GIT_EXTERNAL_DIFF’ environment variable. The command is called with parameters as described under «git Diffs» in
git(1). Note: if you want to use an external diff program only on a subset of your files, you might want to use
gitattributes(5)
instead.

diff.ignoreSubmodules

Sets the default value of —ignore-submodules. Note that this affects only
git diff
Porcelain, and not lower level
diff
commands such as
git diff-files.
git checkout
also honors this setting when reporting uncommitted changes. Setting it to
all
disables the submodule summary normally shown by
git commit
and
git status
when
status.submoduleSummary
is set unless it is overridden by using the —ignore-submodules command-line option. The
git submodule
commands are not affected by this setting.

diff.mnemonicPrefix

If set,
git diff
uses a prefix pair that is different from the standard «a/» and «b/» depending on what is being compared. When this configuration is in effect, reverse diff output also swaps the order of the prefixes:

git diff

compares the (i)ndex and the (w)ork tree;

git diff HEAD

compares a (c)ommit and the (w)ork tree;

git diff —cached

compares a (c)ommit and the (i)ndex;

git diff HEAD:file1 file2

compares an (o)bject and a (w)ork tree entity;

git diff —no-index a b

compares two non-git things (1) and (2).

diff.noprefix

If set,
git diff
does not show any source or destination prefix.

diff.orderFile

File indicating how to order files within a diff, using one shell glob pattern per line. Can be overridden by the
-O
option to
git-diff(1).

diff.renameLimit

The number of files to consider when performing the copy/rename detection; equivalent to the
git diff
option
-l.

diff.renames

Tells Git to detect renames. If set to any boolean value, it will enable basic rename detection. If set to «copies» or «copy», it will detect copies, as well.

diff.suppressBlankEmpty

A boolean to inhibit the standard behavior of printing a space before each empty output line. Defaults to false.

diff.submodule

Specify the format in which differences in submodules are shown. The «log» format lists the commits in the range like
git-submodule(1)
summary
does. The «short» format format just shows the names of the commits at the beginning and end of the range. Defaults to short.

diff.wordRegex

A POSIX Extended Regular Expression used to determine what is a «word» when performing word-by-word difference calculations. Character sequences that match the regular expression are «words», all other characters are
ignorable
whitespace.

diff.<driver>.command

The custom diff driver command. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

diff.<driver>.xfuncname

The regular expression that the diff driver should use to recognize the hunk header. A built-in pattern may also be used. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

diff.<driver>.binary

Set this option to true to make the diff driver treat files as binary. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

diff.<driver>.textconv

The command that the diff driver should call to generate the text-converted version of a file. The result of the conversion is used to generate a human-readable diff. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

diff.<driver>.wordRegex

The regular expression that the diff driver should use to split words in a line. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

diff.<driver>.cachetextconv

Set this option to true to make the diff driver cache the text conversion outputs. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

diff.tool

Controls which diff tool is used by
git-difftool(1). This variable overrides the value configured in
merge.tool. The list below shows the valid built-in values. Any other value is treated as a custom diff tool and requires that a corresponding difftool.<tool>.cmd variable is defined.


araxis

bc

bc3

codecompare

deltawalker

diffmerge

diffuse

ecmerge

emerge

gvimdiff

gvimdiff2

gvimdiff3

kdiff3

kompare

meld

opendiff

p4merge

tkdiff

vimdiff

vimdiff2

vimdiff3

winmerge

xxdiff

diff.algorithm

Choose a diff algorithm. The variants are as follows:

default, myers

The basic greedy diff algorithm. Currently, this is the default.

minimal

Spend extra time to make sure the smallest possible diff is produced.

patience

Use «patience diff» algorithm when generating patches.

histogram

This algorithm extends the patience algorithm to «support low-occurrence common elements».

difftool.<tool>.path

Override the path for the given tool. This is useful in case your tool is not in the PATH.

difftool.<tool>.cmd

Specify the command to invoke the specified diff tool. The specified command is evaluated in shell with the following variables available:
LOCAL
is set to the name of the temporary file containing the contents of the diff pre-image and
REMOTE
is set to the name of the temporary file containing the contents of the diff post-image.

difftool.prompt

Prompt before each invocation of the diff tool.

fetch.recurseSubmodules

This option can be either set to a boolean value or to
on-demand. Setting it to a boolean changes the behavior of fetch and pull to unconditionally recurse into submodules when set to true or to not recurse at all when set to false. When set to
on-demand
(the default value), fetch and pull will only recurse into a populated submodule when its superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule’s reference.

fetch.fsckObjects

If it is set to true, git-fetch-pack will check all fetched objects. It will abort in the case of a malformed object or a broken link. The result of an abort are only dangling objects. Defaults to false. If not set, the value of
transfer.fsckObjects
is used instead.

fetch.unpackLimit

If the number of objects fetched over the Git native transfer is below this limit, then the objects will be unpacked into loose object files. However if the number of received objects equals or exceeds this limit then the received pack will be stored as a pack, after adding any missing delta bases. Storing the pack from a push can make the push operation complete faster, especially on slow filesystems. If not set, the value of
transfer.unpackLimit
is used instead.

fetch.prune

If true, fetch will automatically behave as if the
—prune
option was given on the command line. See also
remote.<name>.prune.

format.attach

Enable multipart/mixed attachments as the default for
format-patch. The value can also be a double quoted string which will enable attachments as the default and set the value as the boundary. See the —attach option in
git-format-patch(1).

format.numbered

A boolean which can enable or disable sequence numbers in patch subjects. It defaults to «auto» which enables it only if there is more than one patch. It can be enabled or disabled for all messages by setting it to «true» or «false». See —numbered option in
git-format-patch(1).

format.headers

Additional email headers to include in a patch to be submitted by mail. See
git-format-patch(1).

format.to, format.cc

Additional recipients to include in a patch to be submitted by mail. See the —to and —cc options in
git-format-patch(1).

format.subjectPrefix

The default for format-patch is to output files with the
[PATCH]
subject prefix. Use this variable to change that prefix.

format.signature

The default for format-patch is to output a signature containing the Git version number. Use this variable to change that default. Set this variable to the empty string («») to suppress signature generation.

format.signatureFile

Works just like format.signature except the contents of the file specified by this variable will be used as the signature.

format.suffix

The default for format-patch is to output files with the suffix
.patch. Use this variable to change that suffix (make sure to include the dot if you want it).

format.pretty

The default pretty format for log/show/whatchanged command, See
git-log(1),
git-show(1),
git-whatchanged(1).

format.thread

The default threading style for
git format-patch. Can be a boolean value, or
shallow
or
deep.
shallow
threading makes every mail a reply to the head of the series, where the head is chosen from the cover letter, the
—in-reply-to, and the first patch mail, in this order.
deep
threading makes every mail a reply to the previous one. A true boolean value is the same as
shallow, and a false value disables threading.

format.signOff

A boolean value which lets you enable the
-s/—signoff
option of format-patch by default.
Note:
Adding the Signed-off-by: line to a patch should be a conscious act and means that you certify you have the rights to submit this work under the same open source license. Please see the
SubmittingPatches
document for further discussion.

format.coverLetter

A boolean that controls whether to generate a cover-letter when format-patch is invoked, but in addition can be set to «auto», to generate a cover-letter only when there’s more than one patch.

format.outputDirectory

Set a custom directory to store the resulting files instead of the current working directory.

filter.<driver>.clean

The command which is used to convert the content of a worktree file to a blob upon checkin. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

filter.<driver>.smudge

The command which is used to convert the content of a blob object to a worktree file upon checkout. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

fsck.<msg-id>

Allows overriding the message type (error, warn or ignore) of a specific message ID such as
missingEmail.

For convenience, fsck prefixes the error/warning with the message ID, e.g. «missingEmail: invalid author/committer line — missing email» means that setting
fsck.missingEmail = ignore
will hide that issue.

This feature is intended to support working with legacy repositories which cannot be repaired without disruptive changes.

fsck.skipList

The path to a sorted list of object names (i.e. one SHA-1 per line) that are known to be broken in a non-fatal way and should be ignored. This feature is useful when an established project should be accepted despite early commits containing errors that can be safely ignored such as invalid committer email addresses. Note: corrupt objects cannot be skipped with this setting.

gc.aggressiveDepth

The depth parameter used in the delta compression algorithm used by
git gc —aggressive. This defaults to 250.

gc.aggressiveWindow

The window size parameter used in the delta compression algorithm used by
git gc —aggressive. This defaults to 250.

gc.auto

When there are approximately more than this many loose objects in the repository,
git gc —auto
will pack them. Some Porcelain commands use this command to perform a light-weight garbage collection from time to time. The default value is 6700. Setting this to 0 disables it.

gc.autoPackLimit

When there are more than this many packs that are not marked with
*.keep
file in the repository,
git gc —auto
consolidates them into one larger pack. The default value is 50. Setting this to 0 disables it.

gc.autoDetach

Make
git gc —auto
return immediately and run in background if the system supports it. Default is true.

gc.packRefs

Running
git pack-refs
in a repository renders it unclonable by Git versions prior to 1.5.1.2 over dumb transports such as HTTP. This variable determines whether
git gc
runs
git pack-refs. This can be set to
notbare
to enable it within all non-bare repos or it can be set to a boolean value. The default is
true.

gc.pruneExpire

When
git gc
is run, it will call
prune —expire 2.weeks.ago. Override the grace period with this config variable. The value «now» may be used to disable this grace period and always prune unreachable objects immediately, or «never» may be used to suppress pruning.

gc.worktreePruneExpire

When
git gc
is run, it calls
git worktree prune —expire 3.months.ago. This config variable can be used to set a different grace period. The value «now» may be used to disable the grace period and prune $GIT_DIR/worktrees immediately, or «never» may be used to suppress pruning.

gc.reflogExpire, gc.<pattern>.reflogExpire

git reflog expire
removes reflog entries older than this time; defaults to 90 days. The value «now» expires all entries immediately, and «never» suppresses expiration altogether. With «<pattern>» (e.g. «refs/stash») in the middle the setting applies only to the refs that match the <pattern>.

gc.reflogExpireUnreachable, gc.<pattern>.reflogExpireUnreachable

git reflog expire
removes reflog entries older than this time and are not reachable from the current tip; defaults to 30 days. The value «now» expires all entries immediately, and «never» suppresses expiration altogether. With «<pattern>» (e.g. «refs/stash») in the middle, the setting applies only to the refs that match the <pattern>.

gc.rerereResolved

Records of conflicted merge you resolved earlier are kept for this many days when
git rerere gc
is run. The default is 60 days. See
git-rerere(1).

gc.rerereUnresolved

Records of conflicted merge you have not resolved are kept for this many days when
git rerere gc
is run. The default is 15 days. See
git-rerere(1).

gitcvs.commitMsgAnnotation

Append this string to each commit message. Set to empty string to disable this feature. Defaults to «via git-CVS emulator».

gitcvs.enabled

Whether the CVS server interface is enabled for this repository. See
git-cvsserver(1).

gitcvs.logFile

Path to a log file where the CVS server interface well… logs various stuff. See
git-cvsserver(1).

gitcvs.usecrlfattr

If true, the server will look up the end-of-line conversion attributes for files to determine the
-k
modes to use. If the attributes force Git to treat a file as text, the
-k
mode will be left blank so CVS clients will treat it as text. If they suppress text conversion, the file will be set with
-kb
mode, which suppresses any newline munging the client might otherwise do. If the attributes do not allow the file type to be determined, then
gitcvs.allBinary
is used. See
gitattributes(5).

gitcvs.allBinary

This is used if
gitcvs.usecrlfattr
does not resolve the correct
-kb
mode to use. If true, all unresolved files are sent to the client in mode
-kb. This causes the client to treat them as binary files, which suppresses any newline munging it otherwise might do. Alternatively, if it is set to «guess», then the contents of the file are examined to decide if it is binary, similar to
core.autocrlf.

gitcvs.dbName

Database used by git-cvsserver to cache revision information derived from the Git repository. The exact meaning depends on the used database driver, for SQLite (which is the default driver) this is a filename. Supports variable substitution (see
git-cvsserver(1)
for details). May not contain semicolons (;). Default:
%Ggitcvs.%m.sqlite

gitcvs.dbDriver

Used Perl DBI driver. You can specify any available driver for this here, but it might not work. git-cvsserver is tested with
DBD::SQLite, reported to work with
DBD::Pg, and reported
not
to work with
DBD::mysql. Experimental feature. May not contain double colons (:). Default:
SQLite. See
git-cvsserver(1).

gitcvs.dbUser, gitcvs.dbPass

Database user and password. Only useful if setting
gitcvs.dbDriver, since SQLite has no concept of database users and/or passwords.
gitcvs.dbUser
supports variable substitution (see
git-cvsserver(1)
for details).

gitcvs.dbTableNamePrefix

Database table name prefix. Prepended to the names of any database tables used, allowing a single database to be used for several repositories. Supports variable substitution (see
git-cvsserver(1)
for details). Any non-alphabetic characters will be replaced with underscores.

All gitcvs variables except for gitcvs.usecrlfattr and gitcvs.allBinary can also be specified as gitcvs.<access_method>.<varname> (where access_method is one of «ext» and «pserver») to make them apply only for the given access method.

gitweb.category, gitweb.description, gitweb.owner, gitweb.url

See
gitweb(1)
for description.

gitweb.avatar, gitweb.blame, gitweb.grep, gitweb.highlight, gitweb.patches, gitweb.pickaxe, gitweb.remote_heads, gitweb.showSizes, gitweb.snapshot

See
gitweb.conf(5)
for description.

grep.lineNumber

If set to true, enable
-n
option by default.

grep.patternType

Set the default matching behavior. Using a value of
basic,
extended,
fixed, or
perl
will enable the
—basic-regexp,
—extended-regexp,
—fixed-strings, or
—perl-regexp
option accordingly, while the value
default
will return to the default matching behavior.

grep.extendedRegexp

If set to true, enable
—extended-regexp
option by default. This option is ignored when the
grep.patternType
option is set to a value other than
default.

grep.threads

Number of grep worker threads to use. See
grep.threads
in
git-grep(1)
for more information.

grep.fallbackToNoIndex

If set to true, fall back to git grep —no-index if git grep is executed outside of a git repository. Defaults to false.

gpg.program

Use this custom program instead of «gpg» found on $PATH when making or verifying a PGP signature. The program must support the same command-line interface as GPG, namely, to verify a detached signature, «gpg —verify $file — <$signature» is run, and the program is expected to signal a good signature by exiting with code 0, and to generate an ASCII-armored detached signature, the standard input of «gpg -bsau $key» is fed with the contents to be signed, and the program is expected to send the result to its standard output.

gui.commitMsgWidth

Defines how wide the commit message window is in the
git-gui(1). «75» is the default.

gui.diffContext

Specifies how many context lines should be used in calls to diff made by the
git-gui(1). The default is «5».

gui.displayUntracked

Determines if
:git-gui(1)
shows untracked files in the file list. The default is «true».

gui.encoding

Specifies the default encoding to use for displaying of file contents in
git-gui(1)
and
gitk(1). It can be overridden by setting the
encoding
attribute for relevant files (see
gitattributes(5)). If this option is not set, the tools default to the locale encoding.

gui.matchTrackingBranch

Determines if new branches created with
git-gui(1)
should default to tracking remote branches with matching names or not. Default: «false».

gui.newBranchTemplate

Is used as suggested name when creating new branches using the
git-gui(1).

gui.pruneDuringFetch

«true» if
git-gui(1)
should prune remote-tracking branches when performing a fetch. The default value is «false».

gui.trustmtime

Determines if
git-gui(1)
should trust the file modification timestamp or not. By default the timestamps are not trusted.

gui.spellingDictionary

Specifies the dictionary used for spell checking commit messages in the
git-gui(1). When set to «none» spell checking is turned off.

gui.fastCopyBlame

If true,
git gui blame
uses
-C
instead of
-C -C
for original location detection. It makes blame significantly faster on huge repositories at the expense of less thorough copy detection.

gui.copyBlameThreshold

Specifies the threshold to use in
git gui blame
original location detection, measured in alphanumeric characters. See the
git-blame(1)
manual for more information on copy detection.

gui.blamehistoryctx

Specifies the radius of history context in days to show in
gitk(1)
for the selected commit, when the
Show History Context
menu item is invoked from
git gui blame. If this variable is set to zero, the whole history is shown.

guitool.<name>.cmd

Specifies the shell command line to execute when the corresponding item of the
git-gui(1)
Tools
menu is invoked. This option is mandatory for every tool. The command is executed from the root of the working directory, and in the environment it receives the name of the tool as
GIT_GUITOOL, the name of the currently selected file as
FILENAME, and the name of the current branch as
CUR_BRANCH
(if the head is detached,
CUR_BRANCH
is empty).

guitool.<name>.needsFile

Run the tool only if a diff is selected in the GUI. It guarantees that
FILENAME
is not empty.

guitool.<name>.noConsole

Run the command silently, without creating a window to display its output.

guitool.<name>.noRescan

Don’t rescan the working directory for changes after the tool finishes execution.

guitool.<name>.confirm

Show a confirmation dialog before actually running the tool.

guitool.<name>.argPrompt

Request a string argument from the user, and pass it to the tool through the
ARGS
environment variable. Since requesting an argument implies confirmation, the
confirm
option has no effect if this is enabled. If the option is set to
true,
yes, or
1, the dialog uses a built-in generic prompt; otherwise the exact value of the variable is used.

guitool.<name>.revPrompt

Request a single valid revision from the user, and set the
REVISION
environment variable. In other aspects this option is similar to
argPrompt, and can be used together with it.

guitool.<name>.revUnmerged

Show only unmerged branches in the
revPrompt
subdialog. This is useful for tools similar to merge or rebase, but not for things like checkout or reset.

guitool.<name>.title

Specifies the title to use for the prompt dialog. The default is the tool name.

guitool.<name>.prompt

Specifies the general prompt string to display at the top of the dialog, before subsections for
argPrompt
and
revPrompt. The default value includes the actual command.

help.browser

Specify the browser that will be used to display help in the
web
format. See
git-help(1).

help.format

Override the default help format used by
git-help(1). Values
man,
info,
web
and
html
are supported.
man
is the default.
web
and
html
are the same.

help.autoCorrect

Automatically correct and execute mistyped commands after waiting for the given number of deciseconds (0.1 sec). If more than one command can be deduced from the entered text, nothing will be executed. If the value of this option is negative, the corrected command will be executed immediately. If the value is 0 — the command will be just shown but not executed. This is the default.

help.htmlPath

Specify the path where the HTML documentation resides. File system paths and URLs are supported. HTML pages will be prefixed with this path when help is displayed in the
web
format. This defaults to the documentation path of your Git installation.

http.proxy

Override the HTTP proxy, normally configured using the
http_proxy,
https_proxy, and
all_proxy
environment variables (see
curl(1)). In addition to the syntax understood by curl, it is possible to specify a proxy string with a user name but no password, in which case git will attempt to acquire one in the same way it does for other credentials. See
gitcredentials(7)
for more information. The syntax thus is
[protocol://][user[:password]@]proxyhost[:port]. This can be overridden on a per-remote basis; see remote.<name>.proxy

http.proxyAuthMethod

Set the method with which to authenticate against the HTTP proxy. This only takes effect if the configured proxy string contains a user name part (i.e. is of the form
[email protected]
or
[email protected]:port). This can be overridden on a per-remote basis; see
remote.<name>.proxyAuthMethod. Both can be overridden by the
GIT_HTTP_PROXY_AUTHMETHOD
environment variable. Possible values are:


anyauth
— Automatically pick a suitable authentication method. It is assumed that the proxy answers an unauthenticated request with a 407 status code and one or more Proxy-authenticate headers with supported authentication methods. This is the default.

basic
— HTTP Basic authentication

digest
— HTTP Digest authentication; this prevents the password from being transmitted to the proxy in clear text

negotiate
— GSS-Negotiate authentication (compare the —negotiate option of
curl(1))

ntlm
— NTLM authentication (compare the —ntlm option of
curl(1))

http.emptyAuth

Attempt authentication without seeking a username or password. This can be used to attempt GSS-Negotiate authentication without specifying a username in the URL, as libcurl normally requires a username for authentication.

http.cookieFile

File containing previously stored cookie lines which should be used in the Git http session, if they match the server. The file format of the file to read cookies from should be plain HTTP headers or the Netscape/Mozilla cookie file format (see
curl(1)). NOTE that the file specified with http.cookieFile is only used as input unless http.saveCookies is set.

http.saveCookies

If set, store cookies received during requests to the file specified by http.cookieFile. Has no effect if http.cookieFile is unset.

http.sslVersion

The SSL version to use when negotiating an SSL connection, if you want to force the default. The available and default version depend on whether libcurl was built against NSS or OpenSSL and the particular configuration of the crypto library in use. Internally this sets the
CURLOPT_SSL_VERSION
option; see the libcurl documentation for more details on the format of this option and for the ssl version supported. Actually the possible values of this option are:


sslv2

sslv3

tlsv1

tlsv1.0

tlsv1.1

tlsv1.2

Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_VERSION
environment variable. To force git to use libcurl’s default ssl version and ignore any explicit http.sslversion option, set
GIT_SSL_VERSION
to the empty string.

http.sslCipherList

A list of SSL ciphers to use when negotiating an SSL connection. The available ciphers depend on whether libcurl was built against NSS or OpenSSL and the particular configuration of the crypto library in use. Internally this sets the
CURLOPT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST
option; see the libcurl documentation for more details on the format of this list.

Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST
environment variable. To force git to use libcurl’s default cipher list and ignore any explicit http.sslCipherList option, set
GIT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST
to the empty string.

http.sslVerify

Whether to verify the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_NO_VERIFY
environment variable.

http.sslCert

File containing the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_CERT
environment variable.

http.sslKey

File containing the SSL private key when fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_KEY
environment variable.

http.sslCertPasswordProtected

Enable Git’s password prompt for the SSL certificate. Otherwise OpenSSL will prompt the user, possibly many times, if the certificate or private key is encrypted. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_CERT_PASSWORD_PROTECTED
environment variable.

http.sslCAInfo

File containing the certificates to verify the peer with when fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_CAINFO
environment variable.

http.sslCAPath

Path containing files with the CA certificates to verify the peer with when fetching or pushing over HTTPS. Can be overridden by the
GIT_SSL_CAPATH
environment variable.

http.pinnedpubkey

Public key of the https service. It may either be the filename of a PEM or DER encoded public key file or a string starting with
sha256//
followed by the base64 encoded sha256 hash of the public key. See also libcurl
CURLOPT_PINNEDPUBLICKEY. git will exit with an error if this option is set but not supported by cURL.

http.sslTry

Attempt to use AUTH SSL/TLS and encrypted data transfers when connecting via regular FTP protocol. This might be needed if the FTP server requires it for security reasons or you wish to connect securely whenever remote FTP server supports it. Default is false since it might trigger certificate verification errors on misconfigured servers.

http.maxRequests

How many HTTP requests to launch in parallel. Can be overridden by the
GIT_HTTP_MAX_REQUESTS
environment variable. Default is 5.

http.minSessions

The number of curl sessions (counted across slots) to be kept across requests. They will not be ended with curl_easy_cleanup() until http_cleanup() is invoked. If USE_CURL_MULTI is not defined, this value will be capped at 1. Defaults to 1.

http.postBuffer

Maximum size in bytes of the buffer used by smart HTTP transports when POSTing data to the remote system. For requests larger than this buffer size, HTTP/1.1 and Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used to avoid creating a massive pack file locally. Default is 1 MiB, which is sufficient for most requests.

http.lowSpeedLimit, http.lowSpeedTime

If the HTTP transfer speed is less than
http.lowSpeedLimit
for longer than
http.lowSpeedTime
seconds, the transfer is aborted. Can be overridden by the
GIT_HTTP_LOW_SPEED_LIMIT
and
GIT_HTTP_LOW_SPEED_TIME
environment variables.

http.noEPSV

A boolean which disables using of EPSV ftp command by curl. This can helpful with some «poor» ftp servers which don’t support EPSV mode. Can be overridden by the
GIT_CURL_FTP_NO_EPSV
environment variable. Default is false (curl will use EPSV).

http.userAgent

The HTTP USER_AGENT string presented to an HTTP server. The default value represents the version of the client Git such as git/1.7.1. This option allows you to override this value to a more common value such as Mozilla/4.0. This may be necessary, for instance, if connecting through a firewall that restricts HTTP connections to a set of common USER_AGENT strings (but not including those like git/1.7.1). Can be overridden by the
GIT_HTTP_USER_AGENT
environment variable.

http.<url>.*

Any of the http.* options above can be applied selectively to some URLs. For a config key to match a URL, each element of the config key is compared to that of the URL, in the following order:

1.
Scheme (e.g.,
https
in
https://example.com/). This field must match exactly between the config key and the URL.
2.
Host/domain name (e.g.,
example.com
in
https://example.com/). This field must match exactly between the config key and the URL.
3.
Port number (e.g.,
8080
in
http://example.com:8080/). This field must match exactly between the config key and the URL. Omitted port numbers are automatically converted to the correct default for the scheme before matching.
4.
Path (e.g.,
repo.git
in
https://example.com/repo.git). The path field of the config key must match the path field of the URL either exactly or as a prefix of slash-delimited path elements. This means a config key with path
foo/
matches URL path
foo/bar. A prefix can only match on a slash (/) boundary. Longer matches take precedence (so a config key with path
foo/bar
is a better match to URL path
foo/bar
than a config key with just path
foo/).
5.
User name (e.g.,
user
in
https://[email protected]/repo.git). If the config key has a user name it must match the user name in the URL exactly. If the config key does not have a user name, that config key will match a URL with any user name (including none), but at a lower precedence than a config key with a user name.

The list above is ordered by decreasing precedence; a URL that matches a config key’s path is preferred to one that matches its user name. For example, if the URL is
https://[email protected]/foo/bar
a config key match of
https://example.com/foo
will be preferred over a config key match of
https://[email protected]

All URLs are normalized before attempting any matching (the password part, if embedded in the URL, is always ignored for matching purposes) so that equivalent URLs that are simply spelled differently will match properly. Environment variable settings always override any matches. The URLs that are matched against are those given directly to Git commands. This means any URLs visited as a result of a redirection do not participate in matching.

i18n.commitEncoding

Character encoding the commit messages are stored in; Git itself does not care per se, but this information is necessary e.g. when importing commits from emails or in the gitk graphical history browser (and possibly at other places in the future or in other porcelains). See e.g.
git-mailinfo(1). Defaults to
utf-8.

i18n.logOutputEncoding

Character encoding the commit messages are converted to when running
git log
and friends.

imap

The configuration variables in the
imap
section are described in
git-imap-send(1).

index.version

Specify the version with which new index files should be initialized. This does not affect existing repositories.

init.templateDir

Specify the directory from which templates will be copied. (See the «TEMPLATE DIRECTORY» section of
git-init(1).)

instaweb.browser

Specify the program that will be used to browse your working repository in gitweb. See
git-instaweb(1).

instaweb.httpd

The HTTP daemon command-line to start gitweb on your working repository. See
git-instaweb(1).

instaweb.local

If true the web server started by
git-instaweb(1)
will be bound to the local IP (127.0.0.1).

instaweb.modulePath

The default module path for
git-instaweb(1)
to use instead of /usr/lib/apache2/modules. Only used if httpd is Apache.

instaweb.port

The port number to bind the gitweb httpd to. See
git-instaweb(1).

interactive.singleKey

In interactive commands, allow the user to provide one-letter input with a single key (i.e., without hitting enter). Currently this is used by the
—patch
mode of
git-add(1),
git-checkout(1),
git-commit(1),
git-reset(1), and
git-stash(1). Note that this setting is silently ignored if portable keystroke input is not available; requires the Perl module Term::ReadKey.

log.abbrevCommit

If true, makes
git-log(1),
git-show(1), and
git-whatchanged(1)
assume
—abbrev-commit. You may override this option with
—no-abbrev-commit.

log.date

Set the default date-time mode for the
log
command. Setting a value for log.date is similar to using
git log‘s
—date
option. See
git-log(1)
for details.

log.decorate

Print out the ref names of any commits that are shown by the log command. If
short
is specified, the ref name prefixes
refs/heads/,
refs/tags/
and
refs/remotes/
will not be printed. If
full
is specified, the full ref name (including prefix) will be printed. This is the same as the log commands
—decorate
option.

log.follow

If
true,
git log
will act as if the
—follow
option was used when a single <path> is given. This has the same limitations as
—follow, i.e. it cannot be used to follow multiple files and does not work well on non-linear history.

log.showRoot

If true, the initial commit will be shown as a big creation event. This is equivalent to a diff against an empty tree. Tools like
git-log(1)
or
git-whatchanged(1), which normally hide the root commit will now show it. True by default.

log.mailmap

If true, makes
git-log(1),
git-show(1), and
git-whatchanged(1)
assume
—use-mailmap.

mailinfo.scissors

If true, makes
git-mailinfo(1)
(and therefore
git-am(1)) act by default as if the —scissors option was provided on the command-line. When active, this features removes everything from the message body before a scissors line (i.e. consisting mainly of «>8», «8<» and «-«).

mailmap.file

The location of an augmenting mailmap file. The default mailmap, located in the root of the repository, is loaded first, then the mailmap file pointed to by this variable. The location of the mailmap file may be in a repository subdirectory, or somewhere outside of the repository itself. See
git-shortlog(1)
and
git-blame(1).

mailmap.blob

Like
mailmap.file, but consider the value as a reference to a blob in the repository. If both
mailmap.file
and
mailmap.blob
are given, both are parsed, with entries from
mailmap.file
taking precedence. In a bare repository, this defaults to
HEAD:.mailmap. In a non-bare repository, it defaults to empty.

man.viewer

Specify the programs that may be used to display help in the
man
format. See
git-help(1).

man.<tool>.cmd

Specify the command to invoke the specified man viewer. The specified command is evaluated in shell with the man page passed as argument. (See
git-help(1).)

man.<tool>.path

Override the path for the given tool that may be used to display help in the
man
format. See
git-help(1).

merge.conflictStyle

Specify the style in which conflicted hunks are written out to working tree files upon merge. The default is «merge», which shows a
<<<<<<<
conflict marker, changes made by one side, a
=======
marker, changes made by the other side, and then a
>>>>>>>
marker. An alternate style, «diff3», adds a
|||||||
marker and the original text before the
=======
marker.

merge.defaultToUpstream

If merge is called without any commit argument, merge the upstream branches configured for the current branch by using their last observed values stored in their remote-tracking branches. The values of the
branch.<current branch>.merge
that name the branches at the remote named by
branch.<current branch>.remote
are consulted, and then they are mapped via
remote.<remote>.fetch
to their corresponding remote-tracking branches, and the tips of these tracking branches are merged.

merge.ff

By default, Git does not create an extra merge commit when merging a commit that is a descendant of the current commit. Instead, the tip of the current branch is fast-forwarded. When set to
false, this variable tells Git to create an extra merge commit in such a case (equivalent to giving the
—no-ff
option from the command line). When set to
only, only such fast-forward merges are allowed (equivalent to giving the
—ff-only
option from the command line).

merge.branchdesc

In addition to branch names, populate the log message with the branch description text associated with them. Defaults to false.

merge.log

In addition to branch names, populate the log message with at most the specified number of one-line descriptions from the actual commits that are being merged. Defaults to false, and true is a synonym for 20.

merge.renameLimit

The number of files to consider when performing rename detection during a merge; if not specified, defaults to the value of diff.renameLimit.

merge.renormalize

Tell Git that canonical representation of files in the repository has changed over time (e.g. earlier commits record text files with CRLF line endings, but recent ones use LF line endings). In such a repository, Git can convert the data recorded in commits to a canonical form before performing a merge to reduce unnecessary conflicts. For more information, see section «Merging branches with differing checkin/checkout attributes» in
gitattributes(5).

merge.stat

Whether to print the diffstat between ORIG_HEAD and the merge result at the end of the merge. True by default.

merge.tool

Controls which merge tool is used by
git-mergetool(1). The list below shows the valid built-in values. Any other value is treated as a custom merge tool and requires that a corresponding mergetool.<tool>.cmd variable is defined.


araxis

bc

bc3

codecompare

deltawalker

diffmerge

diffuse

ecmerge

emerge

gvimdiff

gvimdiff2

gvimdiff3

kdiff3

meld

opendiff

p4merge

tkdiff

tortoisemerge

vimdiff

vimdiff2

vimdiff3

winmerge

xxdiff

merge.verbosity

Controls the amount of output shown by the recursive merge strategy. Level 0 outputs nothing except a final error message if conflicts were detected. Level 1 outputs only conflicts, 2 outputs conflicts and file changes. Level 5 and above outputs debugging information. The default is level 2. Can be overridden by the
GIT_MERGE_VERBOSITY
environment variable.

merge.<driver>.name

Defines a human-readable name for a custom low-level merge driver. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

merge.<driver>.driver

Defines the command that implements a custom low-level merge driver. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

merge.<driver>.recursive

Names a low-level merge driver to be used when performing an internal merge between common ancestors. See
gitattributes(5)
for details.

mergetool.<tool>.path

Override the path for the given tool. This is useful in case your tool is not in the PATH.

mergetool.<tool>.cmd

Specify the command to invoke the specified merge tool. The specified command is evaluated in shell with the following variables available:
BASE
is the name of a temporary file containing the common base of the files to be merged, if available;
LOCAL
is the name of a temporary file containing the contents of the file on the current branch;
REMOTE
is the name of a temporary file containing the contents of the file from the branch being merged;
MERGED
contains the name of the file to which the merge tool should write the results of a successful merge.

mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode

For a custom merge command, specify whether the exit code of the merge command can be used to determine whether the merge was successful. If this is not set to true then the merge target file timestamp is checked and the merge assumed to have been successful if the file has been updated, otherwise the user is prompted to indicate the success of the merge.

mergetool.meld.hasOutput

Older versions of
meld
do not support the
—output
option. Git will attempt to detect whether
meld
supports
—output
by inspecting the output of
meld —help. Configuring
mergetool.meld.hasOutput
will make Git skip these checks and use the configured value instead. Setting
mergetool.meld.hasOutput
to
true
tells Git to unconditionally use the
—output
option, and
false
avoids using
—output.

mergetool.keepBackup

After performing a merge, the original file with conflict markers can be saved as a file with a
.orig
extension. If this variable is set to
false
then this file is not preserved. Defaults to
true
(i.e. keep the backup files).

mergetool.keepTemporaries

When invoking a custom merge tool, Git uses a set of temporary files to pass to the tool. If the tool returns an error and this variable is set to
true, then these temporary files will be preserved, otherwise they will be removed after the tool has exited. Defaults to
false.

mergetool.writeToTemp

Git writes temporary
BASE,
LOCAL, and
REMOTE
versions of conflicting files in the worktree by default. Git will attempt to use a temporary directory for these files when set
true. Defaults to
false.

mergetool.prompt

Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program.

notes.mergeStrategy

Which merge strategy to choose by default when resolving notes conflicts. Must be one of
manual,
ours,
theirs,
union, or
cat_sort_uniq. Defaults to
manual. See «NOTES MERGE STRATEGIES» section of
git-notes(1)
for more information on each strategy.

notes.<name>.mergeStrategy

Which merge strategy to choose when doing a notes merge into refs/notes/<name>. This overrides the more general «notes.mergeStrategy». See the «NOTES MERGE STRATEGIES» section in
git-notes(1)
for more information on the available strategies.

notes.displayRef

The (fully qualified) refname from which to show notes when showing commit messages. The value of this variable can be set to a glob, in which case notes from all matching refs will be shown. You may also specify this configuration variable several times. A warning will be issued for refs that do not exist, but a glob that does not match any refs is silently ignored.

This setting can be overridden with the
GIT_NOTES_DISPLAY_REF
environment variable, which must be a colon separated list of refs or globs.

The effective value of «core.notesRef» (possibly overridden by GIT_NOTES_REF) is also implicitly added to the list of refs to be displayed.

notes.rewrite.<command>

When rewriting commits with <command> (currently
amend
or
rebase) and this variable is set to
true, Git automatically copies your notes from the original to the rewritten commit. Defaults to
true, but see «notes.rewriteRef» below.

notes.rewriteMode

When copying notes during a rewrite (see the «notes.rewrite.<command>» option), determines what to do if the target commit already has a note. Must be one of
overwrite,
concatenate,
cat_sort_uniq, or
ignore. Defaults to
concatenate.

This setting can be overridden with the
GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_MODE
environment variable.

notes.rewriteRef

When copying notes during a rewrite, specifies the (fully qualified) ref whose notes should be copied. The ref may be a glob, in which case notes in all matching refs will be copied. You may also specify this configuration several times.

Does not have a default value; you must configure this variable to enable note rewriting. Set it to
refs/notes/commits
to enable rewriting for the default commit notes.

This setting can be overridden with the
GIT_NOTES_REWRITE_REF
environment variable, which must be a colon separated list of refs or globs.

pack.window

The size of the window used by
git-pack-objects(1)
when no window size is given on the command line. Defaults to 10.

pack.depth

The maximum delta depth used by
git-pack-objects(1)
when no maximum depth is given on the command line. Defaults to 50.

pack.windowMemory

The maximum size of memory that is consumed by each thread in
git-pack-objects(1)
for pack window memory when no limit is given on the command line. The value can be suffixed with «k», «m», or «g». When left unconfigured (or set explicitly to 0), there will be no limit.

pack.compression

An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being slowest. If not set, defaults to core.compression. If that is not set, defaults to -1, the zlib default, which is «a default compromise between speed and compression (currently equivalent to level 6).»

Note that changing the compression level will not automatically recompress all existing objects. You can force recompression by passing the -F option to
git-repack(1).

pack.deltaCacheSize

The maximum memory in bytes used for caching deltas in
git-pack-objects(1)
before writing them out to a pack. This cache is used to speed up the writing object phase by not having to recompute the final delta result once the best match for all objects is found. Repacking large repositories on machines which are tight with memory might be badly impacted by this though, especially if this cache pushes the system into swapping. A value of 0 means no limit. The smallest size of 1 byte may be used to virtually disable this cache. Defaults to 256 MiB.

pack.deltaCacheLimit

The maximum size of a delta, that is cached in
git-pack-objects(1). This cache is used to speed up the writing object phase by not having to recompute the final delta result once the best match for all objects is found. Defaults to 1000.

pack.threads

Specifies the number of threads to spawn when searching for best delta matches. This requires that
git-pack-objects(1)
be compiled with pthreads otherwise this option is ignored with a warning. This is meant to reduce packing time on multiprocessor machines. The required amount of memory for the delta search window is however multiplied by the number of threads. Specifying 0 will cause Git to auto-detect the number of CPU’s and set the number of threads accordingly.

pack.indexVersion

Specify the default pack index version. Valid values are 1 for legacy pack index used by Git versions prior to 1.5.2, and 2 for the new pack index with capabilities for packs larger than 4 GB as well as proper protection against the repacking of corrupted packs. Version 2 is the default. Note that version 2 is enforced and this config option ignored whenever the corresponding pack is larger than 2 GB.

If you have an old Git that does not understand the version 2
*.idx
file, cloning or fetching over a non native protocol (e.g. «http») that will copy both
*.pack
file and corresponding
*.idx
file from the other side may give you a repository that cannot be accessed with your older version of Git. If the
*.pack
file is smaller than 2 GB, however, you can use
git-index-pack(1)
on the *.pack file to regenerate the
*.idx
file.

pack.packSizeLimit

The maximum size of a pack. This setting only affects packing to a file when repacking, i.e. the git:// protocol is unaffected. It can be overridden by the
—max-pack-size
option of
git-repack(1). The minimum size allowed is limited to 1 MiB. The default is unlimited. Common unit suffixes of
k,
m, or
g
are supported.

pack.useBitmaps

When true, git will use pack bitmaps (if available) when packing to stdout (e.g., during the server side of a fetch). Defaults to true. You should not generally need to turn this off unless you are debugging pack bitmaps.

pack.writeBitmaps (deprecated)

This is a deprecated synonym for
repack.writeBitmaps.

pack.writeBitmapHashCache

When true, git will include a «hash cache» section in the bitmap index (if one is written). This cache can be used to feed git’s delta heuristics, potentially leading to better deltas between bitmapped and non-bitmapped objects (e.g., when serving a fetch between an older, bitmapped pack and objects that have been pushed since the last gc). The downside is that it consumes 4 bytes per object of disk space, and that JGit’s bitmap implementation does not understand it, causing it to complain if Git and JGit are used on the same repository. Defaults to false.

pager.<cmd>

If the value is boolean, turns on or off pagination of the output of a particular Git subcommand when writing to a tty. Otherwise, turns on pagination for the subcommand using the pager specified by the value of
pager.<cmd>. If
—paginate
or
—no-pager
is specified on the command line, it takes precedence over this option. To disable pagination for all commands, set
core.pager
or
GIT_PAGER
to
cat.

pretty.<name>

Alias for a —pretty= format string, as specified in
git-log(1). Any aliases defined here can be used just as the built-in pretty formats could. For example, running
git config pretty.changelog «format:* %H %s»
would cause the invocation
git log —pretty=changelog
to be equivalent to running
git log «—pretty=format:* %H %s». Note that an alias with the same name as a built-in format will be silently ignored.

pull.ff

By default, Git does not create an extra merge commit when merging a commit that is a descendant of the current commit. Instead, the tip of the current branch is fast-forwarded. When set to
false, this variable tells Git to create an extra merge commit in such a case (equivalent to giving the
—no-ff
option from the command line). When set to
only, only such fast-forward merges are allowed (equivalent to giving the
—ff-only
option from the command line). This setting overrides
merge.ff
when pulling.

pull.rebase

When true, rebase branches on top of the fetched branch, instead of merging the default branch from the default remote when «git pull» is run. See «branch.<name>.rebase» for setting this on a per-branch basis.

When preserve, also pass
—preserve-merges
along to
git rebase
so that locally committed merge commits will not be flattened by running
git pull.

When the value is
interactive, the rebase is run in interactive mode.

NOTE: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do
not
use it unless you understand the implications (see
git-rebase(1)
for details).

pull.octopus

The default merge strategy to use when pulling multiple branches at once.

pull.twohead

The default merge strategy to use when pulling a single branch.

push.default

Defines the action
git push
should take if no refspec is explicitly given. Different values are well-suited for specific workflows; for instance, in a purely central workflow (i.e. the fetch source is equal to the push destination),
upstream
is probably what you want. Possible values are:


nothing
— do not push anything (error out) unless a refspec is explicitly given. This is primarily meant for people who want to avoid mistakes by always being explicit.

current
— push the current branch to update a branch with the same name on the receiving end. Works in both central and non-central workflows.

upstream
— push the current branch back to the branch whose changes are usually integrated into the current branch (which is called
@{upstream}). This mode only makes sense if you are pushing to the same repository you would normally pull from (i.e. central workflow).

simple
— in centralized workflow, work like
upstream
with an added safety to refuse to push if the upstream branch’s name is different from the local one.

When pushing to a remote that is different from the remote you normally pull from, work as
current. This is the safest option and is suited for beginners.

This mode has become the default in Git 2.0.


matching
— push all branches having the same name on both ends. This makes the repository you are pushing to remember the set of branches that will be pushed out (e.g. if you always push
maint
and
master
there and no other branches, the repository you push to will have these two branches, and your local
maint
and
master
will be pushed there).

To use this mode effectively, you have to make sure
all
the branches you would push out are ready to be pushed out before running
git push, as the whole point of this mode is to allow you to push all of the branches in one go. If you usually finish work on only one branch and push out the result, while other branches are unfinished, this mode is not for you. Also this mode is not suitable for pushing into a shared central repository, as other people may add new branches there, or update the tip of existing branches outside your control.

This used to be the default, but not since Git 2.0 (simple
is the new default).

push.followTags

If set to true enable
—follow-tags
option by default. You may override this configuration at time of push by specifying
—no-follow-tags.

push.gpgSign

May be set to a boolean value, or the string
if-asked. A true value causes all pushes to be GPG signed, as if
—signed
is passed to
git-push(1). The string
if-asked
causes pushes to be signed if the server supports it, as if
—signed=if-asked
is passed to
git push. A false value may override a value from a lower-priority config file. An explicit command-line flag always overrides this config option.

push.recurseSubmodules

Make sure all submodule commits used by the revisions to be pushed are available on a remote-tracking branch. If the value is
check
then Git will verify that all submodule commits that changed in the revisions to be pushed are available on at least one remote of the submodule. If any commits are missing, the push will be aborted and exit with non-zero status. If the value is
on-demand
then all submodules that changed in the revisions to be pushed will be pushed. If on-demand was not able to push all necessary revisions it will also be aborted and exit with non-zero status. If the value is
no
then default behavior of ignoring submodules when pushing is retained. You may override this configuration at time of push by specifying
—recurse-submodules=check|on-demand|no.

rebase.stat

Whether to show a diffstat of what changed upstream since the last rebase. False by default.

rebase.autoSquash

If set to true enable
—autosquash
option by default.

rebase.autoStash

When set to true, automatically create a temporary stash before the operation begins, and apply it after the operation ends. This means that you can run rebase on a dirty worktree. However, use with care: the final stash application after a successful rebase might result in non-trivial conflicts. Defaults to false.

rebase.missingCommitsCheck

If set to «warn», git rebase -i will print a warning if some commits are removed (e.g. a line was deleted), however the rebase will still proceed. If set to «error», it will print the previous warning and stop the rebase,
git rebase —edit-todo
can then be used to correct the error. If set to «ignore», no checking is done. To drop a commit without warning or error, use the
drop
command in the todo-list. Defaults to «ignore».

rebase.instructionFormat A format string, as specified in git-log(1), to be used for the instruction list during an interactive rebase. The format will automatically have the long commit hash prepended to the format.

receive.advertiseAtomic

By default, git-receive-pack will advertise the atomic push capability to its clients. If you don’t want to this capability to be advertised, set this variable to false.

receive.autogc

By default, git-receive-pack will run «git-gc —auto» after receiving data from git-push and updating refs. You can stop it by setting this variable to false.

receive.certNonceSeed

By setting this variable to a string,
git receive-pack
will accept a
git push —signed
and verifies it by using a «nonce» protected by HMAC using this string as a secret key.

receive.certNonceSlop

When a
git push —signed
sent a push certificate with a «nonce» that was issued by a receive-pack serving the same repository within this many seconds, export the «nonce» found in the certificate to
GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE
to the hooks (instead of what the receive-pack asked the sending side to include). This may allow writing checks in
pre-receive
and
post-receive
a bit easier. Instead of checking
GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_SLOP
environment variable that records by how many seconds the nonce is stale to decide if they want to accept the certificate, they only can check
GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_STATUS
is
OK.

receive.fsckObjects

If it is set to true, git-receive-pack will check all received objects. It will abort in the case of a malformed object or a broken link. The result of an abort are only dangling objects. Defaults to false. If not set, the value of
transfer.fsckObjects
is used instead.

receive.fsck.<msg-id>

When
receive.fsckObjects
is set to true, errors can be switched to warnings and vice versa by configuring the
receive.fsck.<msg-id>
setting where the
<msg-id>
is the fsck message ID and the value is one of
error,
warn
or
ignore. For convenience, fsck prefixes the error/warning with the message ID, e.g. «missingEmail: invalid author/committer line — missing email» means that setting
receive.fsck.missingEmail = ignore
will hide that issue.

This feature is intended to support working with legacy repositories which would not pass pushing when
receive.fsckObjects = true, allowing the host to accept repositories with certain known issues but still catch other issues.

receive.fsck.skipList

The path to a sorted list of object names (i.e. one SHA-1 per line) that are known to be broken in a non-fatal way and should be ignored. This feature is useful when an established project should be accepted despite early commits containing errors that can be safely ignored such as invalid committer email addresses. Note: corrupt objects cannot be skipped with this setting.

receive.unpackLimit

If the number of objects received in a push is below this limit then the objects will be unpacked into loose object files. However if the number of received objects equals or exceeds this limit then the received pack will be stored as a pack, after adding any missing delta bases. Storing the pack from a push can make the push operation complete faster, especially on slow filesystems. If not set, the value of
transfer.unpackLimit
is used instead.

receive.denyDeletes

If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update that deletes the ref. Use this to prevent such a ref deletion via a push.

receive.denyDeleteCurrent

If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update that deletes the currently checked out branch of a non-bare repository.

receive.denyCurrentBranch

If set to true or «refuse», git-receive-pack will deny a ref update to the currently checked out branch of a non-bare repository. Such a push is potentially dangerous because it brings the HEAD out of sync with the index and working tree. If set to «warn», print a warning of such a push to stderr, but allow the push to proceed. If set to false or «ignore», allow such pushes with no message. Defaults to «refuse».

Another option is «updateInstead» which will update the working tree if pushing into the current branch. This option is intended for synchronizing working directories when one side is not easily accessible via interactive ssh (e.g. a live web site, hence the requirement that the working directory be clean). This mode also comes in handy when developing inside a VM to test and fix code on different Operating Systems.

By default, «updateInstead» will refuse the push if the working tree or the index have any difference from the HEAD, but the
push-to-checkout
hook can be used to customize this. See
githooks(5).

receive.denyNonFastForwards

If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update which is not a fast-forward. Use this to prevent such an update via a push, even if that push is forced. This configuration variable is set when initializing a shared repository.

receive.hideRefs

This variable is the same as
transfer.hideRefs, but applies only to
receive-pack
(and so affects pushes, but not fetches). An attempt to update or delete a hidden ref by
git push
is rejected.

receive.updateServerInfo

If set to true, git-receive-pack will run git-update-server-info after receiving data from git-push and updating refs.

receive.shallowUpdate

If set to true, .git/shallow can be updated when new refs require new shallow roots. Otherwise those refs are rejected.

remote.pushDefault

The remote to push to by default. Overrides
branch.<name>.remote
for all branches, and is overridden by
branch.<name>.pushRemote
for specific branches.

remote.<name>.url

The URL of a remote repository. See
git-fetch(1)
or
git-push(1).

remote.<name>.pushurl

The push URL of a remote repository. See
git-push(1).

remote.<name>.proxy

For remotes that require curl (http, https and ftp), the URL to the proxy to use for that remote. Set to the empty string to disable proxying for that remote.

remote.<name>.proxyAuthMethod

For remotes that require curl (http, https and ftp), the method to use for authenticating against the proxy in use (probably set in
remote.<name>.proxy). See
http.proxyAuthMethod.

remote.<name>.fetch

The default set of «refspec» for
git-fetch(1). See
git-fetch(1).

remote.<name>.push

The default set of «refspec» for
git-push(1). See
git-push(1).

remote.<name>.mirror

If true, pushing to this remote will automatically behave as if the
—mirror
option was given on the command line.

remote.<name>.skipDefaultUpdate

If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating using
git-fetch(1)
or the
update
subcommand of
git-remote(1).

remote.<name>.skipFetchAll

If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating using
git-fetch(1)
or the
update
subcommand of
git-remote(1).

remote.<name>.receivepack

The default program to execute on the remote side when pushing. See option —receive-pack of
git-push(1).

remote.<name>.uploadpack

The default program to execute on the remote side when fetching. See option —upload-pack of
git-fetch-pack(1).

remote.<name>.tagOpt

Setting this value to —no-tags disables automatic tag following when fetching from remote <name>. Setting it to —tags will fetch every tag from remote <name>, even if they are not reachable from remote branch heads. Passing these flags directly to
git-fetch(1)
can override this setting. See options —tags and —no-tags of
git-fetch(1).

remote.<name>.vcs

Setting this to a value <vcs> will cause Git to interact with the remote with the git-remote-<vcs> helper.

remote.<name>.prune

When set to true, fetching from this remote by default will also remove any remote-tracking references that no longer exist on the remote (as if the
—prune
option was given on the command line). Overrides
fetch.prune
settings, if any.

remotes.<group>

The list of remotes which are fetched by «git remote update <group>». See
git-remote(1).

repack.useDeltaBaseOffset

By default,
git-repack(1)
creates packs that use delta-base offset. If you need to share your repository with Git older than version 1.4.4, either directly or via a dumb protocol such as http, then you need to set this option to «false» and repack. Access from old Git versions over the native protocol are unaffected by this option.

repack.packKeptObjects

If set to true, makes
git repack
act as if
—pack-kept-objects
was passed. See
git-repack(1)
for details. Defaults to
false
normally, but
true
if a bitmap index is being written (either via
—write-bitmap-index
or
repack.writeBitmaps).

repack.writeBitmaps

When true, git will write a bitmap index when packing all objects to disk (e.g., when
git repack -a
is run). This index can speed up the «counting objects» phase of subsequent packs created for clones and fetches, at the cost of some disk space and extra time spent on the initial repack. Defaults to false.

rerere.autoUpdate

When set to true,
git-rerere
updates the index with the resulting contents after it cleanly resolves conflicts using previously recorded resolution. Defaults to false.

rerere.enabled

Activate recording of resolved conflicts, so that identical conflict hunks can be resolved automatically, should they be encountered again. By default,
git-rerere(1)
is enabled if there is an
rr-cache
directory under the
$GIT_DIR, e.g. if «rerere» was previously used in the repository.

sendemail.identity

A configuration identity. When given, causes values in the
sendemail.<identity>
subsection to take precedence over values in the
sendemail
section. The default identity is the value of
sendemail.identity.

sendemail.smtpEncryption

See
git-send-email(1)
for description. Note that this setting is not subject to the
identity
mechanism.

sendemail.smtpssl (deprecated)

Deprecated alias for
sendemail.smtpEncryption = ssl.

sendemail.smtpsslcertpath

Path to ca-certificates (either a directory or a single file). Set it to an empty string to disable certificate verification.

sendemail.<identity>.*

Identity-specific versions of the
sendemail.*
parameters found below, taking precedence over those when the this identity is selected, through command-line or
sendemail.identity.

sendemail.aliasesFile, sendemail.aliasFileType, sendemail.annotate, sendemail.bcc, sendemail.cc, sendemail.ccCmd, sendemail.chainReplyTo, sendemail.confirm, sendemail.envelopeSender, sendemail.from, sendemail.multiEdit, sendemail.signedoffbycc, sendemail.smtpPass, sendemail.suppresscc, sendemail.suppressFrom, sendemail.to, sendemail.smtpDomain, sendemail.smtpServer, sendemail.smtpServerPort, sendemail.smtpServerOption, sendemail.smtpUser, sendemail.thread, sendemail.transferEncoding, sendemail.validate, sendemail.xmailer

See
git-send-email(1)
for description.

sendemail.signedoffcc (deprecated)

Deprecated alias for
sendemail.signedoffbycc.

showbranch.default

The default set of branches for
git-show-branch(1). See
git-show-branch(1).

status.relativePaths

By default,
git-status(1)
shows paths relative to the current directory. Setting this variable to
false
shows paths relative to the repository root (this was the default for Git prior to v1.5.4).

status.short

Set to true to enable —short by default in
git-status(1). The option —no-short takes precedence over this variable.

status.branch

Set to true to enable —branch by default in
git-status(1). The option —no-branch takes precedence over this variable.

status.displayCommentPrefix

If set to true,
git-status(1)
will insert a comment prefix before each output line (starting with
core.commentChar, i.e.
#
by default). This was the behavior of
git-status(1)
in Git 1.8.4 and previous. Defaults to false.

status.showUntrackedFiles

By default,
git-status(1)
and
git-commit(1)
show files which are not currently tracked by Git. Directories which contain only untracked files, are shown with the directory name only. Showing untracked files means that Git needs to lstat() all the files in the whole repository, which might be slow on some systems. So, this variable controls how the commands displays the untracked files. Possible values are:


no
— Show no untracked files.

normal
— Show untracked files and directories.

all
— Show also individual files in untracked directories.

If this variable is not specified, it defaults to
normal. This variable can be overridden with the -u|—untracked-files option of
git-status(1)
and
git-commit(1).

status.submoduleSummary

Defaults to false. If this is set to a non zero number or true (identical to -1 or an unlimited number), the submodule summary will be enabled and a summary of commits for modified submodules will be shown (see —summary-limit option of
git-submodule(1)). Please note that the summary output command will be suppressed for all submodules when
diff.ignoreSubmodules
is set to
all
or only for those submodules where
submodule.<name>.ignore=all. The only exception to that rule is that status and commit will show staged submodule changes. To also view the summary for ignored submodules you can either use the —ignore-submodules=dirty command-line option or the
git submodule summary
command, which shows a similar output but does not honor these settings.

stash.showPatch

If this is set to true, the
git stash show
command without an option will show the stash in patch form. Defaults to false. See description of
show
command in
git-stash(1).

stash.showStat

If this is set to true, the
git stash show
command without an option will show diffstat of the stash. Defaults to true. See description of
show
command in
git-stash(1).

submodule.<name>.path, submodule.<name>.url

The path within this project and URL for a submodule. These variables are initially populated by
git submodule init. See
git-submodule(1)
and
gitmodules(5)
for details.

submodule.<name>.update

The default update procedure for a submodule. This variable is populated by
git submodule init
from the
gitmodules(5)
file. See description of
update
command in
git-submodule(1).

submodule.<name>.branch

The remote branch name for a submodule, used by
git submodule update —remote. Set this option to override the value found in the
.gitmodules
file. See
git-submodule(1)
and
gitmodules(5)
for details.

submodule.<name>.fetchRecurseSubmodules

This option can be used to control recursive fetching of this submodule. It can be overridden by using the —[no-]recurse-submodules command-line option to «git fetch» and «git pull». This setting will override that from in the
gitmodules(5)
file.

submodule.<name>.ignore

Defines under what circumstances «git status» and the diff family show a submodule as modified. When set to «all», it will never be considered modified (but it will nonetheless show up in the output of status and commit when it has been staged), «dirty» will ignore all changes to the submodules work tree and takes only differences between the HEAD of the submodule and the commit recorded in the superproject into account. «untracked» will additionally let submodules with modified tracked files in their work tree show up. Using «none» (the default when this option is not set) also shows submodules that have untracked files in their work tree as changed. This setting overrides any setting made in .gitmodules for this submodule, both settings can be overridden on the command line by using the «—ignore-submodules» option. The
git submodule
commands are not affected by this setting.

tag.sort

This variable controls the sort ordering of tags when displayed by
git-tag(1). Without the «—sort=<value>» option provided, the value of this variable will be used as the default.

tar.umask

This variable can be used to restrict the permission bits of tar archive entries. The default is 0002, which turns off the world write bit. The special value «user» indicates that the archiving user’s umask will be used instead. See umask(2) and
git-archive(1).

transfer.fsckObjects

When
fetch.fsckObjects
or
receive.fsckObjects
are not set, the value of this variable is used instead. Defaults to false.

transfer.hideRefs

String(s)
receive-pack
and
upload-pack
use to decide which refs to omit from their initial advertisements. Use more than one definition to specify multiple prefix strings. A ref that is under the hierarchies listed in the value of this variable is excluded, and is hidden when responding to
git push
or
git fetch. See
receive.hideRefs
and
uploadpack.hideRefs
for program-specific versions of this config.

You may also include a
!
in front of the ref name to negate the entry, explicitly exposing it, even if an earlier entry marked it as hidden. If you have multiple hideRefs values, later entries override earlier ones (and entries in more-specific config files override less-specific ones).

If a namespace is in use, the namespace prefix is stripped from each reference before it is matched against
transfer.hiderefs
patterns. For example, if
refs/heads/master
is specified in
transfer.hideRefs
and the current namespace is
foo, then
refs/namespaces/foo/refs/heads/master
is omitted from the advertisements but
refs/heads/master
and
refs/namespaces/bar/refs/heads/master
are still advertised as so-called «have» lines. In order to match refs before stripping, add a
^
in front of the ref name. If you combine
!
and
^,
!
must be specified first.

transfer.unpackLimit

When
fetch.unpackLimit
or
receive.unpackLimit
are not set, the value of this variable is used instead. The default value is 100.

uploadarchive.allowUnreachable

If true, allow clients to use
git archive —remote
to request any tree, whether reachable from the ref tips or not. See the discussion in the
SECURITY
section of
git-upload-archive(1)
for more details. Defaults to
false.

uploadpack.hideRefs

This variable is the same as
transfer.hideRefs, but applies only to
upload-pack
(and so affects only fetches, not pushes). An attempt to fetch a hidden ref by
git fetch
will fail. See also
uploadpack.allowTipSHA1InWant.

uploadpack.allowTipSHA1InWant

When
uploadpack.hideRefs
is in effect, allow
upload-pack
to accept a fetch request that asks for an object at the tip of a hidden ref (by default, such a request is rejected). see also
uploadpack.hideRefs.

uploadpack.allowReachableSHA1InWant

Allow
upload-pack
to accept a fetch request that asks for an object that is reachable from any ref tip. However, note that calculating object reachability is computationally expensive. Defaults to
false.

uploadpack.keepAlive

When
upload-pack
has started
pack-objects, there may be a quiet period while
pack-objects
prepares the pack. Normally it would output progress information, but if
—quiet
was used for the fetch,
pack-objects
will output nothing at all until the pack data begins. Some clients and networks may consider the server to be hung and give up. Setting this option instructs
upload-pack
to send an empty keepalive packet every
uploadpack.keepAlive
seconds. Setting this option to 0 disables keepalive packets entirely. The default is 5 seconds.

url.<base>.insteadOf

Any URL that starts with this value will be rewritten to start, instead, with <base>. In cases where some site serves a large number of repositories, and serves them with multiple access methods, and some users need to use different access methods, this feature allows people to specify any of the equivalent URLs and have Git automatically rewrite the URL to the best alternative for the particular user, even for a never-before-seen repository on the site. When more than one insteadOf strings match a given URL, the longest match is used.

url.<base>.pushInsteadOf

Any URL that starts with this value will not be pushed to; instead, it will be rewritten to start with <base>, and the resulting URL will be pushed to. In cases where some site serves a large number of repositories, and serves them with multiple access methods, some of which do not allow push, this feature allows people to specify a pull-only URL and have Git automatically use an appropriate URL to push, even for a never-before-seen repository on the site. When more than one pushInsteadOf strings match a given URL, the longest match is used. If a remote has an explicit pushurl, Git will ignore this setting for that remote.

user.email

Your email address to be recorded in any newly created commits. Can be overridden by the
GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL,
GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL, and
EMAIL
environment variables. See
git-commit-tree(1).

user.name

Your full name to be recorded in any newly created commits. Can be overridden by the
GIT_AUTHOR_NAME
and
GIT_COMMITTER_NAME
environment variables. See
git-commit-tree(1).

user.useConfigOnly

Instruct Git to avoid trying to guess defaults for
user.email
and
user.name, and instead retrieve the values only from the configuration. For example, if you have multiple email addresses and would like to use a different one for each repository, then with this configuration option set to
true
in the global config along with a name, Git will prompt you to set up an email before making new commits in a newly cloned repository. Defaults to
false.

user.signingKey

If
git-tag(1)
or
git-commit(1)
is not selecting the key you want it to automatically when creating a signed tag or commit, you can override the default selection with this variable. This option is passed unchanged to gpg’s —local-user parameter, so you may specify a key using any method that gpg supports.

versionsort.prereleaseSuffix

When version sort is used in
git-tag(1), prerelease tags (e.g. «1.0-rc1») may appear after the main release «1.0». By specifying the suffix «-rc» in this variable, «1.0-rc1» will appear before «1.0».

This variable can be specified multiple times, once per suffix. The order of suffixes in the config file determines the sorting order (e.g. if «-pre» appears before «-rc» in the config file then 1.0-preXX is sorted before 1.0-rcXX). The sorting order between different suffixes is undefined if they are in multiple config files.

web.browser

Specify a web browser that may be used by some commands. Currently only
git-instaweb(1)
and
git-help(1)
may use it.

GIT

Part of the git(1) suite

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Задача руководства при организации деятельности в организации
  • Настойка софоры японской инструкция по применению цена отзывы
  • Эпоксидная затирка mapei kerapoxy design инструкция по применению
  • Руководство педагогической практикой студентов
  • Во время руководства путиным